{"title":"Blenders","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"1-25l-commercial-bar-blender-with-dual-speed-600w-power","title":"1.25L Commercial Bar Blender with Dual Speed 600W Power","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender Grey 33 is an essential tool for enthusiasts of mixing and blending. Perfect for bars, cafes, and home kitchens, this efficient blender allows you to create smoothies, cocktails, and other beverages at the touch of a button. The ability to your drinks quickly and efficiently means you can serve more customers or enjoy more time with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durability in mind, the Bar Blender is built from high-quality materials that ensure -lasting performance. Featuring a sleek grey design, it seamlessly integrates into any workspace while solving the common challenge of inconsistent blending. The waterproof motor block further distinguishes it from competitors, allowing for worry-free operation around liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 600W Dual speed 1.25Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 420(H) x 180(W) x 180(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 12000 \u0026amp; 16000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty motor ensures reliable performance for continuous use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGraduated container provides clear measurements for precise ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof motor block for safe operation in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo speed settings allow you to adjust blending intensity based on ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with filling gap allows addition of ingredients during blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel blades offer excellent durability and cutting efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient dual-speed control to create the perfect texture for any beverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust construction reduces downtime and enhances user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge capacity accommodates multiple servings at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions make it easy to store when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile design suitable for both commercial and home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, ensuring quick turnaround between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple speed options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailor the blending process to achieve your desired consistency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReliable operation, even during peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrepare drinks for larger groups, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork confidently around liquids without risking damage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender is versatile and excels in various settings. Its design and functionality make it an excellent choice for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafes and coffee shops for creating smoothies and frothy beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for mixing cocktails and blending ice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for quick and easy meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHealth clubs and gyms for serving nutritious shakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for crafting sauces or dressings with a smooth texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure that the blender is placed on a flat, stable surface for optimal operation. Regularly clean the stainless steel blades and the container after use to maintain hygiene and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a 1-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the blender handle hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is advisable to allow hot liquids to cool before blending to ensure safety and optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the speed options available with this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender offers two speed settings: 12000 rpm and 16000 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your blending experience with the Bar Blender Grey 33. Order today to discover exceptional blending performance for your drinks and dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810499051905,"sku":"CK765","price":667.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ae520966de7a9936d541e24d2af6258e.png?v=1781697886"},{"product_id":"1-25l-commercial-bar-blender-with-dual-speed-600w-power-1","title":"1.25L Commercial Bar Blender with Dual Speed 600W Power","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender Green 33 is your ideal companion for creating delicious smoothies, cocktails, and culinary sauces. Perfect for both home and use, this powerful bar blender enhances your beverage-making experience with its robust features and sleek design. Its dual-speed operation offers versatility, making it a must-have for bartenders and home cooks alike.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with quality materials, the Bar Blender Green 33 addresses the need for an efficient and durable blending solution. The waterproof motor block ensures -lasting performance, while the stainless steel blades guarantee efficient and consistent blending. With its compact size, it's easy to store, making it an excellent choice for even the most space-constrained kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 600W Dual speed\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 420(H) x 180(W) x 180(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 12000 \u0026amp; 16000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlades\u003c\/strong\u003e St\/St Blades\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGraduated container for easy measurement, holding up to 1.25L of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCover with filling gap allows for safe and convenient additions while blending.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof motor block extends longevity and enhances safety during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty motor for efficient blending, capable of meeting high demands.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDual-speed settings allow for customizable blending according to ingredient types.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to transport and maneuver, especially in busy settings.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel blades ensure durability and a smooth blending experience, reducing wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompact footprint fits well in both bar settings and small residential kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, minimizing downtime between blending tasks and speeding up service. \u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eHigh power of 600W\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEfficiently blends tough ingredients with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDual speed settings\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eOffers flexibility to tailor blending speed for various recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCompact design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to store without taking up too much space.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures -lasting use even in busy environments.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender Green 33 excels in various settings. Its powerful performance makes it suitable for a wide range of applications.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for bars and cocktail lounges, creating smoothies and cocktails with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eExcellent choice for cafes that serve fresh drinks made to order.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for restaurants needing efficient blending for sauces and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGreat for home kitchens focused on healthy living and meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eUseful in catering services for rapid preparation of a variety of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain peak performance, ensure the blender is placed on a sturdy surface during use. Regularly clean the blending container and blades to prevent buildup and maintain hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the construction of this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eIt features stainless steel blades and a waterproof motor block, ensuring durability and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender Green 33 has a capacity of 1.25 liters, making it ample for various recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty available for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender comes with a 1-year warranty for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Bar Blender Green 33 today and elevate your blending experience to new heights. Whether you’re making smoothies, cocktails, or sauces, this versatile blender is designed to deliver outstanding results, making it an essential addition to your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810499543425,"sku":"CK764","price":703.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/192e2e5727c90a8f5ad6a9ea98fc0482.png?v=1781697893"},{"product_id":"1-25l-commercial-bar-blender-with-dual-speed-600w-power-2","title":"1.25L Commercial Bar Blender with Dual Speed 600W Power","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender Chrome 33 is the perfect companion for anyone looking to elevate their beverage game, whether it's a home bar enthusiast or a bartender. With its robust motor and sleek chrome finish, this blender combines style and functionality, making it an essential tool for creating delicious cocktails, smoothies, and purees effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted for durability, the Bar Blender boasts a heavy-duty construction designed to withstand daily use in high-paced environments. Its waterproof motor block ensures reliability, while the stainless steel blades make quick work of even the toughest ingredients. This blender solves the common problem of inconsistent blending, delivering smooth results every time, setting it apart from less powerful competitors on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 600W Dual speed 1.25Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 420(H) x 180(W) x 180(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eTwo speed settings allow versatility for various blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cover with filling gap for safe ingredient addition during blending.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty motor ensures reliable performance even during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGraduated container allows for precise measurement of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof motor block prevents damage, ensuring longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHigh-speed blending at 12000 \u0026amp; 16000 rpm for quick results.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompact design ideal for bar counters, saving valuable space.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean components streamline maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel blades designed to withstand tough ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eVersatile use for cocktails, smoothies, sauces, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDesigned with aesthetics in mind to complement any kitchen or bar setup.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eFaster blending means time saved during busy shifts.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile speed settings\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCapability to blend a variety of drinks, from smooth purees to chunky salsas.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurability ensures -term use without frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender excels in a variety of settings, making it an invaluable addition to any kitchen or bar. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for preparing sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBars and clubs for crafting cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eJuice bars for quick smoothie production.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering services for large batch mixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for everyday blending needs.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, simply plug the Bar Blender into a compatible power supply and follow the manufacturer’s maintenance guidelines to keep it in top condition.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of recipes can I use with the Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender is versatile, ideal for cocktails, smoothies, sauces, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blender easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features easy-to-clean components for hassle-free maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender comes with a 1-year warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eTake your beverage preparation to the next level with the Bar Blender Chrome 33. Order today and enhance your kitchen or bar experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810499838337,"sku":"CK766","price":667.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f5b7b9601c7f235325f43b9055a8330b.png?v=1781697900"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-bar-blender-for-smoothies-and-frozen-drinks","title":"1.4L Commercial Bar Blender for Smoothies and Frozen Drinks","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tango Drinks Blender is the go-to solution for those who demand quality in their beverages, whether you run a busy bar or a cozy smoothie shop. Engineered to deliver bar-quality results, this blender excels in crafting creamy frozen margaritas and luscious specialty drinks with unmatched precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a durable 1.4Ltr BPA-free co-polyester container, the Tango is built to withstand the daily rigors of high-volume use. Its sealed switches provide excellent protection against spills, making it both practical and powerful. This makes preparing drinks easier and more efficient, which is a significant advantage in any fast-paced environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.495kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 400(H) x 205(W) x 195(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e BPA-free co-polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor ensures ultra-smooth blending results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTriple-sealed leak-resistant lid to prevent spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable timer for walkaway convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-performance stainless steel blade effortlessly cuts through ice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Grip feet prevent skidding during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh power motor allows for quick blending of tough ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures longevity even in demanding environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSealed switches provide protection against wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable timer promotes efficiency in busy settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWave-Action technology guarantees consistent blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient size minimizes storage requirements without compromising capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDesigned to withstand heavy daily use, saving you from frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSealed switches\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProtection from spills reduces maintenance issues.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-performance blending\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent, quality results for every drink, boosting customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable timer\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFrees up your time for other tasks during busy periods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tango Drinks Blender is versatile and excels in various environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for crafting cocktails and mixed drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and smoothie shops for fresh fruit blends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for prepared sauces and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFitness centers and health clubs for protein shakes and healthy smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatered events for efficiently serving large quantities of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the blender is placed on a stable, flat surface. Clean the blender after each use to maintain hygiene and blender longevity. Follow provided instructions for any necessary maintenance during the warranty period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Tango Drinks Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a capacity of 1.4 liters, making it suitable for various drink preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the construction of the container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe container is made from BPA-free co-polyester, ensuring safety and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor, providing peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810503016833,"sku":"JB521","price":1283.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/40ab1e97035aab1701a4a8725395f6ec.png?v=1781697968"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-bar-blender-with-extra-jug-and-countdown-timer","title":"1.4L Commercial Bar Blender with Extra Jug and Countdown Timer","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Bar Blender TBB160K with Extra Jug is an essential tool for any bar or kitchen that focuses on delivering high-quality blended beverages. Designed for chefs and bartenders who demand efficiency without compromising performance, this specialized blender offers a powerful motor and a spacious jug, ensuring quick preparation of cocktails and smoothies. With its user-friendly design, this blender helps streamline your drink service, making it a must-have for settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable materials, the Torq 2 Bar Blender is built to withstand the rigors of high-volume environments. The plastic body offers resilience while maintaining a light weight, making it easy to handle. The inclusion of a second 1.4-litre co-polyester jug enhances your operational efficiency, allowing for simultaneous preparations without downtime. Unlike other blenders, this model features a countdown timer, helping you keep track of blending cycles and ensuring consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4W. Dual speed. 1.4Ltr. Countdown timer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr | 49¼oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 396.88(H) x 292.10(W) x 228.60(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.56kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-performance 2HP motor with two speeds offers flexibility for various blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronic touchpad controls ensure ease of use and precision during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlend three 450ml margaritas in under 8 seconds for swift service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo durable, stackable BPA-free jugs provide added convenience and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronic countdown timer helps maintain consistency in beverage preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust design suitable for high-demand environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra jug included for increased productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast blending capabilities cater to busy establishments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual speeds adjust to different recipes and ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly controls make it accessible for staff of all skill levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions enable easy storage when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-performance motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivers consistent results quickly, saving you valuable time during peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows quick adjustments, reducing the learning curve for staff.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded extra jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFacilitates simultaneous blending, which increases your output and efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures reliability and longevity, saving you costs on replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Bar Blender is versatile and excels in various environments. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars for crafting cocktails, including frozen margaritas and smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés for preparing fruit smoothies and blended coffee drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for creating sauces or creamy soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHealth food establishments for blending nutritional shakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuice bars for fresh fruit juices mixed perfectly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is placed on a stable surface and plugged into a grounded outlet. Regularly clean the jugs and blades, and follow the manufacturer's guidance for maintenance to ensure longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the blender's capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Bar Blender has a capacity of 1.4Ltr, which is approximately 49¼oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the blender for hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender is primarily designed for blending cold beverages, such as smoothies and cocktails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included with the product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Bar Blender comes with a 1-year warranty for peace of mind regarding quality and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the difference that the Torq 2 Bar Blender TBB160K with Extra Jug can make in your bar or kitchen. Shop now and enhance your beverage service while increasing efficiency in your operations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810503344513,"sku":"SA506","price":1151.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ffacca40d90b543cf81d8b0b1ced582e.png?v=1781697974"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-bar-blender-with-extra-jug-and-dual-speed","title":"1.4L Commercial Bar Blender with Extra Jug and Dual Speed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Blade Bar Blender BB300K with Extra Jug is a powerful and efficient solution designed for bartenders and smoothie enthusiasts alike. With its strong performance and user-friendly features, it simplifies the blending process, ensuring consistent quality in every drink. Perfect for busy bars or cafes, this blender allows you to create delicious cocktails and smoothies with ease, making it an essential addition to your kitchen arsenal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable plastics, the Blade Bar Blender minimizes wear and tear, ensuring reliability and longevity. Its design addresses the need for speed and precision in blending, featuring a dual-speed motor that adapts to different ingredients. The included additional 1.4L BPA-free co-polyester jug enhances output capacity, allowing for greater production without compromising quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 750W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 390(H) x 260(W) x 263(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.14kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlends up to three 450ml margaritas in less than 12 seconds, boosting efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual-speed operation at 16,000 and 20,100rpm for versatile blending options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a high-quality industrial steel blade for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to operate with simple toggle switch controls for high, low, off, and pulse settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable rubberized jar pad reduces noise and simplifies cleaning after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-durable commercial-grade motor ensures longevity and reliable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.4L BPA-free jug allows for safe handling of food and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for high-volume settings, supporting 25-49 drinks per day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePulse function provides blending precision for achieving desired textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design facilitates easy maneuvering and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAesthetic black finish fits seamlessly into any bar or kitchen setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful 750W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffortless blending of tough ingredients, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-speed options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible control to blend smooth drinks or chunkier mixtures as needed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncreased efficiency with fewer batches required for large orders.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting appliance reduces replacement costs over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile appliance excels in various environments where efficiency and quality are paramount. Whether you're in a bustling bar or a cozy café, the Blade Bar Blender is perfectly suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating refreshing smoothies and health drinks in smoothie bars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing vibrant cocktails in pubs and restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing sauces and dressings in commercial kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering events requiring large quantities of blended beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuice preparation in juice bars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance and longevity, it is recommended to clean the jug and blade after each use. The blender is easy to set up; simply plug it in, and it's ready for action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of drinks can I make with this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can blend cocktails, smoothies, sauces, and even dressings with the Blade Bar Blender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jug is BPA-free and designed for easy cleaning, though hand washing is encouraged to maintain its quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow noisy is the blender during operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe removable rubberized jar pad helps dampen sound, making it relatively quiet compared to other models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your blending capabilities with the Blade Bar Blender BB300K. Its powerful motor and practical features make it an indispensable tool for anyone looking to streamline their drink-making process. Order today and elevate your beverage game!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810503704961,"sku":"SA509","price":1163.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6e4840d461f40c229f0dba7d2e5bc32e.png?v=1781697981"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-bar-blender-with-extra-jug-for-smoothies","title":"1.4L Commercial Bar Blender with Extra Jug for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Bar Blender TBB145K with Extra Jug is an exceptional addition to any bar or café looking to streamline their drink preparation process. Designed specifically for high-volume environments, this powerful blender is ideal for crafting smoothies, margaritas, and other blended beverages quickly and efficiently. With its robust performance and high-capacity jugs, it significantly enhances your productivity, enabling you to serve your customers faster without compromising on quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable plastic and equipped with a stainless steel drive coupling, the Torq 2 Bar Blender ensures longevity and reliability in busy settings. Its sleek black finish adds a touch of professionalism to any countertop. This blender solves the issue of blending small batches that take too much time, allowing you to effortlessly create three 450ml margaritas in under eight seconds. The blender's robust dual-speed motor offers versatility and precision, making it easier to achieve the perfect consistency for every recipe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kW. Dual speed. 1.4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr | 49¼oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 396.88(H) x 292.10(W) x 228.60(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.9kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes an extra 1.4 litre co-polyester jug for increased output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClassic toggle switch design for straightforward, no-nonsense operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel, user-replaceable drive coupling enhances longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlends efficiently with speeds of 20,900 and 24,500rpm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDual-speed functionality allows for versatile blending options in various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy construction for demanding bar environments ensures it withstands daily wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick blending time increases service efficiency, allowing for greater customer turnover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-replaceable parts reduce downtime and service costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free jugs ensure safe food preparation without harmful chemicals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits easily in crowded bar spaces, maximizing operational efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh blending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eServe drinks faster, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExtra jug included\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreased output, less time waiting for jugs to wash.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy for staff to use with minimal training required.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Bar Blender excels in a variety of environments, making it a versatile tool for any food establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for fast cocktail and margarita preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés serving smoothies and health drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing quick blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge gatherings or events requiring batch drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the blender is placed on a stable, flat surface away from heat sources. Regularly clean the jugs and components to maintain hygiene and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power consumption of the Torq 2 Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a power consumption of 1.4kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a capacity of 1.4 litres, allowing for large batch blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the jugs be replaced?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender comes with a durable, user-replaceable co-polyester jug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the Torq 2 Bar Blender TBB145K with Extra Jug not only enhances your drink preparation effectiveness but also ensures a faster service for your clientele. Order today and transform your blending experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810504229249,"sku":"SA505","price":1475.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/5f8b5ca826d1d7c51bdb5b322380e4ea.png?v=1781697988"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-bar-blender-with-programmable-dual-speed","title":"1.4L Commercial Bar Blender with Programmable Dual Speed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Blade Bar Blender BB340SK with Extra Jug is an essential tool for anyone in the hospitality industry, from bartenders to smoothie shops. Designed for high-demand environments, this robust blender excels at crafting smooth beverages quickly, allowing you to serve delicious drinks without delay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from premium stainless steel and durable polycarbonate, this blender is built to last in busy settings. The BB340SK features a spacious 1.4-liter capacity that enhances output efficiency, supporting your production demands. Its powerful motor and sleek design ensure it stands out in any bar or kitchen while providing reliable performance day after day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 750W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 390.53(H) x 260.35(W) x 263.54(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput\u003c\/strong\u003e 750\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo speeds with options for 16,700 and 21,700rpm for tailored blending consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1HP commercial grade motor ensures longevity and efficiency for high volumes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eElectronic touchpad controls simplify operation with a 99-second countdown timer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable rubberized jar pad for noise dampening and easy clean-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eProgrammable functionality allows for precise control over blending cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlends up to three 450ml margaritas in less than 12 seconds, perfect for quick service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe pulse function adds versatility for achieving desired consistency in your blends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-capacity stainless steel jug is not only durable but also easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRubber jar pad enhances user experience by reducing noise and improving stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits neatly on countertops, optimizing space in commercial kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh power motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBlends ingredients quickly, saving time during peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProgrammable settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable blending options enhance batch consistency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOffers longevity and reliability in demanding environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStreamlined maintenance saves time and effort between uses.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blade Bar Blender BB340SK is versatile enough for various settings and can be used effectively in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars creating cocktails and smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes serving blended drinks and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing soups and purées.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFitness centers offering nutritional shakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent catering companies needing quick blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Blade Bar Blender is straightforward and requires minimal assembly. Regular cleaning and maintenance will ensure optimal performance; simply disassemble the jug and wash with warm, soapy water after each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender jug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blade Bar Blender comes with a 1.4-liter stainless steel jug, ideal for preparing large batches of drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow powerful is the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender operates with a powerful 750W motor, providing strong performance for blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender comes with a one-year warranty, giving you peace of mind regarding its durability and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEfficient and reliable, the Blade Bar Blender BB340SK with Extra Jug will ramp up your drink production and streamline your operations. Order today to enhance your beverage service capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810504819073,"sku":"SA511","price":1526.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6dadeed983b56f6e6e50de1bea174277.png?v=1781697995"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-bar-blender-with-toggle-switch-for-smoothies","title":"1.4L Commercial Bar Blender with Toggle Switch for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Blender with Toggle Switch TBB145K is an essential appliance for bars, restaurants, and smoothie shops looking to streamline their beverage preparation. This powerful bar blender delivers impressive results with a dual-speed motor designed to make three margaritas in just 8 seconds, making it a time-saving investment for any setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a durable co-polyester jug that is BPA-free, the TBB145K is built for longevity and ease of use. Its classic toggle switch design simplifies operation, allowing users to easily switch between low, high, and pulse modes. This versatility and its 1.4-liter capacity ensure it meets the demands of busy establishments while remaining easy to clean and maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kW, Dual speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr | 49¼oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 203(H) x 451(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.9kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh performance 2HP commercial motor for demanding tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e24,000 max rpm for excellent blending performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel drive coupling that is user-replaceable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient stackable jug design simplifies storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust power output enables quick blending, reducing wait times during peak hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-speed settings provide versatility for mixing a variety of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free material ensures health safety while blending ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes this blender easy to relocate and store.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean components to maintain hygiene effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuilt to withstand the rigorous demands of a kitchen environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFast blending time\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time preparing drinks, boosting customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to use controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimal training required for staff, improving efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting appliance that reduces replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaximize productivity during busy shifts with fewer refills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Torq 2 Blender excels in various applications, making it a versatile choice for different environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for busy bars rapidly creating cocktails and mixed drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for restaurants needing quick smoothies or purees for entrees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat addition to smoothie shops requiring a reliable blending solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for commercial kitchens where efficiency and speed are crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain optimal operation, ensure the blender is placed on a stable surface and connected to a 230V power supply. Regular cleaning of the jug and components is essential to ensure longevity and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of motor does the TBB145K have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender features a high-performance 2HP commercial motor with dual speed settings for versatile blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug of the blender safe to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender’s co-polyester jug is BPA-free, ensuring a safe blending experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow easy is it to clean the Torq 2 Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe design of the TBB145K allows for easy cleaning, making maintenance straightforward for busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience efficient blending with the Torq 2 Blender with Toggle Switch TBB145K. Order today to elevate your beverage preparation process.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810505212289,"sku":"CP870","price":909.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ada15a594ce2b23baac6433c76eec0a2.png?v=1781698001"},{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-high-performance-drinks-blender-for-smoothies","title":"1.4L Commercial High Performance Drinks Blender for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Summit Edge High Performance Drinks Blender is designed for those who appreciate the perfect blend of power and efficiency. Whether you are a chef, a busy café owner, or a smoothie enthusiast at home, this high-performance blender promises exceptional results with every use. Its advanced technology ensures that your smoothies, sauces, and dressings achieve the ideal consistency and flavor without sacrificing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with durability in mind, the Summit Edge features a robust design that can handle demanding blending tasks. The BPA-free co-polyester container allows you to prepare large batches of your favorite beverages while the unique quiet blend technology minimizes noise, allowing you to enjoy your blending experience without disruption. This blender stands out with its intuitive controls and tool-free cleaning, making it a practical choice for both professionals and home users alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.9kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 473(H) x 226(W) x 312(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 14.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne-touch Auto Blend feature for perfect consistency every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-quiet operation thanks to Advanced Quiet Blend Technology.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront-facing USB port for optimised programming access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable container with mess-free spout for easy pouring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool-free assembly for quick and easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime blade warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful 1.9kW motor delivers unmatched performance across various blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet blending technology enables use in busy commercial and home settings without disturbing customers or family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed and pulse function allow for versatility in preparing different recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to read laser-etched measurements on the container ensure precise ingredient additions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe durable hybrid drive coupling enhances longevity, making it a -term investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in sensors guarantee consistent performance, extending the life of the clutch and ensuring excellent blending output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltra-quiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrepare drinks without disrupting conversations or your culinary flow.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne-touch blending\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSimplifies the blending process, saving you time during busy service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInvest in a blender that lasts, reducing replacement costs over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime blade warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfidence in product durability, ensuring cutting performance will not diminish.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Summit Edge is versatile and excels in numerous environments, making it an excellent choice for various applications. Its high-performance design ensures that it meets the demands of both professionals and home users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops for crafting smoothies and frappes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants when preparing sauces, dressings, and blended beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHealth clubs and gyms serving smoothies and protein shakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for daily meal prep and snack blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents and catering where quick and efficient blending is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the blender on a stable, flat, and dry surface. Ensure the container is securely locked in place prior to operation. Clean the components regularly to maintain hygiene and prolong the life of the appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Summit Edge has a capacity of 1.4 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIs the container BPA-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the container is made of BPA-free co-polyester material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat kind of warranty does it come with?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a three-year warranty for parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience seamless blending with the Summit Edge High Performance Drinks Blender, designed to elevate your mixing capabilities while ensuring efficiency and ease of use. Order today and unlock the potential of your kitchen!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810506719617,"sku":"JB525","price":2714.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7e7b68851922374ce33c5be6342b7851.png?v=1781698026"},{"product_id":"1-4ltr-commercial-bar-blender-with-two-speed-settings","title":"1.4Ltr Commercial Bar Blender with Two Speed Settings","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Rio Bar Blender is the ideal companion for cocktail enthusiasts and smoothie makers alike. Designed for high-volume use, this bar blender combines powerful performance with user-friendly features to create smooth, delicious beverages quicker than ever before. Whether you're mixing frozen margaritas for a party or blending fruit smoothies for breakfast, this state-of-the-art blender handles it all with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with reliability in mind, the Rio Bar Blender boasts a robust design, ensuring it withstands the rigors of busy bars and cafes. Featuring sealed switches to guard against spills and an efficient motor, this blender delivers outstanding versatility without sacrificing durability. The unique wave-action system ensures that your mixtures achieve a texture, reducing preparation time while enhancing flavor consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 736W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 410(H) x 190(W) x 216(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Co-polyester BPA-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSealed switches to protect against liquid damage for -term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTriple-sealed leak-resistant lid to prevent messes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable metal drive coupling that enhances power transmission.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWide, square jar design that accommodates larger ingredients effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Grip feet that prevent skidding during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePulse function for precision control over blending consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWave-action system that continually draws ingredients down into the blades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 736W motor for rapid blending and smooth results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed options providing complete control over textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions make it perfect for small bar counters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use design that allows for quick operation and clean-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStackable container for efficient storage in any tight kitchen space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrevention features (lid open and jar pad sensor) for user safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful ice-crushing motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy smooth cocktails and smoothies in seconds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliability during busy service periods ensures minimal downtime.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact size\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFits perfectly on counters, conserving valuable kitchen space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePulse function\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve the perfect blend for different recipes with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rio Bar Blender is adaptable and excels in various settings. It is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars creating frozen cocktails and mixed drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes serving vibrant smoothies and blended coffees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for health-conscious meal prep and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply plug the Rio Bar Blender into a 230V outlet for immediate use. Regular cleaning of the jar and blade ensures optimal performance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of beverages can I make with this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can blend frozen cocktails, smoothies, sauces, and more, making it versatile for various recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mixer safe for use with hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender is designed primarily for cold and frozen mixtures. It’s advisable to avoid hot liquids to ensure safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat safety features does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender includes a lid open and jar pad sensor, which prevents operation if the jar is not secure, enhancing user safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your blending experience with the Rio Bar Blender. Its powerful performance and reliable construction make it an essential tool for creating exceptional beverages every day. Order today and transform your drink-making routine.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810507473281,"sku":"JB519","price":655.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f31dc2f6a3afaf1d3cb5ee20c0ed6a09.png?v=1781698046"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-high-performance-bar-blender-and-smoothie-maker","title":"1.8L Commercial High Performance Bar Blender and Smoothie Maker","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Eclipse High Performance Drinks Blender is the perfect solution for those who demand efficiency and quality in their blending tasks. Designed for both commercial and home use, this powerful blender delivers exceptionally smooth results with minimal noise disruption. Whether you’re crafting smoothies, cocktails, or purees, enjoy the ultimate convenience and reliability with this advanced blending technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a robust construction and premium materials, the Eclipse blender addresses the common problems of noise and inconsistency in drink preparation. Its innovation lies in its QuietBlend technology, making it ideal for busy cafes or quiet homes alike. Additionally, with a compact design and a generous capacity, it stands out in a market saturated with lesser alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 470(H) x 216(W) x 286(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Model Number\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuietBlend technology ensures minimal noise during operation, allowing for conversation-level sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWave-Action system delivers consistently smooth drinks, eliminating chunks and inconsistencies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust 1.2kW motor guarantees quick blending for both frozen and fresh ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCustom programming available with a memory card slot for tailored blending cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasily removable Quiet Shield provides speedy cleanup and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdvanced noise reduction technology makes it suitable for various environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile with over 100 pre-programmed cycles, accommodating diverse recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBreak-resistant container designed for heavy commercial usage, ensuring longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size benefits smaller kitchens while maximizing functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet Shield features ease of removal, enhancing the user experience with quick cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e3-year warranty offers peace of mind with extensive support coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy conversations without distractions while blending.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable cycles\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreate your own blending programs for your unique recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eInvest in a product built to withstand high-volume usage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning, more time creating delicious drinks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender excels in a variety of settings where quality and performance are paramount. Its versatility makes it suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes and restaurants serving smoothies and drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth clubs and fitness centers offering nutritious beverages\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars mixing cocktails with efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens needing a reliable blending solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service operations requiring consistent results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Eclipse blender is designed for easy integration into kitchen setups, whether built into counters or used as a stand-alone appliance. Regular maintenance and quick removal of the Quiet Shield facilitate hassle-free cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on the Eclipse blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a 3-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I customize blending cycles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features a memory card slot to create and store custom programming for your blending needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of noise reduction technology does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender is equipped with QuietBlend technology and a Quiet Shield enclosure to minimize noise levels during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Eclipse High Performance Drinks Blender is your go-to solution for blending excellence with minimal disruption. Order today and elevate your beverage-making experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810523562369,"sku":"JB524","price":2351.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/fbd956a3cdd0a63632b0f6a8e11c3513.png?v=1781698351"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-high-performance-drinks-blender-for-smoothies","title":"1.8L Commercial High Performance Drinks Blender for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Fury High Performance Drinks Blender is designed for those who demand efficiency and precision in their beverage preparation, making it perfect for busy bars and kitchens. With its powerful motor and innovative features, this blender makes creating everything from thick smoothies to luxurious cocktails a breeze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials and designed for rigorous use, the Fury stands out as a reliable workhorse. It solves the common problem of under-blended ingredients and inconsistent textures, ensuring that every drink meets a high. Its auto-timer shutoff feature means you can focus on other tasks without worrying about over-processing your ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 457(H) x 178(W) x 203(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful motor delivers smooth blending results every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWave-Action jar and blade system ensures consistency in every pour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient paddle switches allow for quick and efficient operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimer with automatic shutoff helps prevent over-blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable container simplifies storage when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, making it ideal for busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2kW motor - delivers exceptional power for any blending task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWave-Action system - guarantees ultra-smooth drink profiles every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaddle switches - quick and easy operation enables fast service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 speeds plus pulse function - allows for precise control over texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable dosing cup - for easy measuring and dispensing of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Grip feet - prevent skidding even during the most vigorous blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful 1.2kW motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blend a variety of ingredients for perfect drinks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuto shutoff feature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduces risk of over-blending, ensuring consistent results.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy cleanup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefresh your workspace quickly, maintaining efficiency in busy settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible blending options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapt to a wide range of drink recipes with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRobust design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReliable performance even during peak service hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're preparing smoothies, cocktails, or other blended beverages, the Fury High Performance Drinks Blender excels in various settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for cocktail preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops specializing in smoothies and shakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing consistent drink blending for desserts and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents and parties for beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering services offering a range of blended drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fury blender is easy to set up and fits comfortably on bar countertops. Regular cleaning of the container and blades will prolong the life of your blender and maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Fury blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity is 1.8Ltr, allowing for multiple servings at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a 3-year warranty for parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it blend ice and frozen fruits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, this blender is designed to handle tough ingredients for smooth results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the perfect blend of power and precision with the Fury High Performance Drinks Blender. Order today to elevate your beverage service!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810524250497,"sku":"JB522","price":1744.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9c3dfa5b29fafe8ad800a289661dd450.png?v=1781698362"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-high-performance-drinks-blender-for-smoothies-1","title":"1.8L Commercial High Performance Drinks Blender for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tempest High Performance Drinks Blender is expertly designed for those who demand efficiency and quality in their blending needs. Whether you're preparing smoothies, cocktails, or frozen desserts, this powerful blender delivers consistent, smooth results every time. Ideal for both home and commercial use, it combines advanced technology with ease of use to elevate your drink preparation to a whole new level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-grade materials, the Tempest is built to last. Its robust performance stems from a 1.2kW motor that can easily handle full cube ice, making it ideal for busy kitchens or bars. This blender solves the common problem of uneven texture, ensuring that your drinks are perfectly emulsified every time, thanks to its unique wave-action system. Now, every blend can be effortless, allowing you to focus on creating delicious beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 470(H) x 209(W) x 205(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.81kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Offer\u003c\/strong\u003e Purchase online between July 1st and September 30th, 2025, and receive a FREE additional container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortlessly blends full cubes of ice for smoothies and cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe wave-action system guarantees a thoroughly smooth drink profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTimer with automatic shutoff prevents over-blending, enhancing user convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStackable, BPA-free copolyester container designed for safety and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNewly designed leak resistant over-moulded lid for mess-free operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eJar pad sensor ensures safety by preventing blending if the container is not secured properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 1.2kW motor reduces blending time, getting your drinks ready quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 1.8L capacity means you can prepare multiple servings at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design simplifies maintenance after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-speed settings plus pulse option provide flexibility for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature gauge monitors motor health, ensuring longevity and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatented blade design promotes ingredient circulation for even blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh performance motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBlends drinks in seconds, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLasts longer, reducing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for batch preparation, ideal for parties or events.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps your kitchen hassle-free, allowing for quick transitions between blends.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tempest High Performance Drinks Blender excels in a variety of environments, ensuring versatility in its use. This blender is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCocktail bars crafting frozen drinks and cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eJuice bars focused on fresh and nutritious smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes offering a wide range of blended beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants diversifying their drink menus with shakes and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, place the blender on a stable, flat surface away from heat sources. Regularly check the connections and clean the jar and blades after each use to maintain hygiene and machine efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Tempest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tempest has a capacity of 1.8 liters, ideal for making multiple drinks in one go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow powerful is the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a powerful 1.2kW motor that handles everything from ice to smooth mixtures seamlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the container BPA-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the container is made from BPA-free copolyester, ensuring safety and durability while preparing beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your blending experience with the Tempest High Performance Drinks Blender today and enjoy smooth, delicious beverages effortlessly. Order now to take advantage of our special offer!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810525168001,"sku":"JB523","price":1843.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e032478ca7078b79451a5f12459fc3c5.png?v=1781698369"},{"product_id":"200l-commercial-stick-blender-with-safety-start-button","title":"200L Commercial Stick Blender with Safety Start Button","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Whisk is an essential tool for chefs and culinary enthusiasts seeking efficiency and precision in their food preparation. This high-performance stick blender excels in whisking, allowing you to blend and aerate mixtures with ease, ensuring consistent results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with robust materials and advanced technology, this stick blender features a stainless steel blade and shaft, complemented by a comfortable rubber grip for extensive use. Say goodbye to cumbersome whisking methods; the stick blender is designed to handle large quantities up to 200 liters with a powerful 600W motor. Its safety start button adds a layer of security, distinguishing it from other models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 600W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhisk Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 245mm (9.6\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 730(H) x 120(W) x 115(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft\/ Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 3.8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for user comfort with an ergonomic grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eContinuous run function keeps the whisk operating during extended tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed settings from 300 to 900 rpm allows for customized mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design lets you submerge the blades and run the machine for quick washing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety switch prevents accidental activation for added peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExceptional whisking ability for bulk quantities between 5-10 liters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-capacity whisking – perfect for large batches in commercial kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control – adapt to different recipes with no hassle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel blades – withstand regular use without compromising performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly design – minimizes fatigue during prolonged whisking tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight for easy handling – portability simplifies kitchen workflows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety features – maintain a secure working environment while blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 600W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blend heavy mixtures and large volumes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eControl blending intensity for various mixtures and recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures the blender operates only when you desire, preventing accidents.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasily maneuverable, reducing strain during extended use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Whisk shines in numerous settings, making it the go-to tool for both commercial and home kitchens. Its versatility is unparalleled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for large-scale meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services needing reliable blending speed and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants where speed, consistency, and quality are paramount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries for integrating air into batter and cream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain optimal performance, simply ensure the whisk and motor are compatible with your kitchen setup. After use, the non-detachable whisk can be easily cleaned by immersing it in warm water and running the motor briefly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the Stick Whisk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe whisk features an easy-clean design; just submerge the blades in water and run the machine for three seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum capacity of the whisk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe whisk can handle up to 200 liters, making it ideal for large batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Stick Whisk comes with a 1-year warranty for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your kitchen experience with the Stick Whisk. Enjoy the perfect blend of power, speed, and safety in your food preparation. Order today and elevate your culinary capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810877096321,"sku":"CF011","price":1406.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/21f0c064af8481db565435fcfa221956.png?v=1781704994"},{"product_id":"250w-commercial-stick-blender-190mm-length-two-speed","title":"250W Commercial Stick Blender 190mm Length Two Speed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender DMX 190 is an essential kitchen tool designed for home cooks and culinary professionals alike. Its powerful motor and easy-to-use design make food preparation efficient and enjoyable, allowing you to blend, whip, and puree a variety of ingredients in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality stainless steel and aluminium materials, this stick blender boasts durability and functionality. The DMX 190 addresses the common struggle of achieving smooth blends while minimizing noise and user fatigue. Its ergonomic design ensures comfort during extended use, setting it apart from blenders on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 250W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength\u003c\/strong\u003e 190mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHighly versatile with interchangeable attachments available separately for diverse tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHygienic stainless steel tools ensure proper hygiene during food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDetachable foot makes for easy cleaning and attachment replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned with robust materials that withstand the rigors of daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly easy-clean design saves time in the kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction allows for effortless handling during extensive cooking sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation keeps your kitchen peaceful and allows for conversations while cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design reduces strain on the hands and arms during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor ensures efficient blending for a range of textures, from coarse to ultra-smooth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials provide longevity, making it a staple tool in your kitchen for years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design makes it easy to store without taking up much space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eColorful orange hue adds a touch of vibrancy to your kitchen setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight and ergonomic\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUse for extended periods without discomfort or fatigue.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve consistent blending results on various ingredients effortlessly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy-clean design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning up and more time enjoying your creations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender is versatile enough for numerous applications in the kitchen. It excels in various settings, making it an ideal choice for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlending soups and sauces for a smooth texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMaking homemade smoothies packed with fruit and veggies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWhipping cream for desserts in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePureeing baby food for convenient feeding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMixing batters for baking projects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the longevity of your stick blender, ensure all attachments are securely fastened before use. Regular cleaning involves detaching the blending foot and washing it with soapy water, making the care process quick and efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat attachments are compatible with the DMX 190?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender is compatible with various interchangeable attachments that can be purchased separately for added versatility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the stick blender easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it has a user-friendly design that allows for easy cleaning, particularly with its detachable foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the stick blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender DMX 190 weighs 1.2kg, making it lightweight for comfortable use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder today and elevate your food preparation experience with the Stick Blender DMX 190, where comfort meets powerful performance!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810890695041,"sku":"DM482","price":508.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d27742099392598d8435599d29ab89aa.png?v=1781705191"},{"product_id":"2l-commercial-bar-blender-with-dual-speed-and-pulse-function","title":"2L Commercial Bar Blender with Dual Speed and Pulse Function","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender MX1000XTXEE is designed for professionals who demand both power and precision in their blending tasks. Ideal for bars, restaurants, and smoothie shops, this versatile bar blender excels in handling even the toughest ingredients to create smooth beverages in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with high-quality materials, the blender combines copolyester construction with a robust stainless steel blade for lasting durability. It solves the problem of inefficient blending with its dual-speed control and pulse function, allowing for perfect results every time. What sets it apart is its easy-to-clean design and the large 2-liter capacity of the stackable jug, making it perfect for high-volume use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW Dual speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 419(H) x 298(W) x 280(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Copolyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 7.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel blades cut through ice and frozen fruits effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-speed operation offers versatility for a range of recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe pulse function allows for finer blending control, ideal for cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-slip feet provide stability during operation for safety and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-remove jug design streamlines serving and cleaning processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free jug ensures that your drinks are safe and healthy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor for rapid blending, reducing prep time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity jug enables you to mix multiple servings at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy base with non-slip feet ensures secure operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick clean-up makes it ideal for busy settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly controls simplify operation for staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials enhance longevity, providing excellent value.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 1.5kW motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBlend frozen fruits and tough ingredients quickly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e2L stackable jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrepare large quantities to serve multiple customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable performance, reducing the need for replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy-clean design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplified maintenance, saving time during busy hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender excels in a variety of settings where speed and functionality are paramount. It is the perfect choice for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars creating signature blended cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving up smoothie bowls and milkshakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes preparing fresh fruit smoothies on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFitness centers offering nutritious protein shakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvents providing catering services for large gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, simply plug in the blender to a 230V outlet. Regularly clean the jug and blades to maintain hygiene and prevent any flavor cross-contamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the construction of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme blender features copolyester for the jug and stainless steel for the blades, ensuring durability and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power consumption of the Xtreme blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender operates at 1.5kW and runs on 230V, making it efficient for commercial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Xtreme blender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe packaged weight of the blender is 7.6 kg, making it manageable yet sturdy for daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your blending game with the Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender MX1000XTXEE. This powerful and easy-to-use blender is an essential tool for anyone looking to create delicious drinks quickly and efficiently. Order today to streamline your beverage preparation!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810894758273,"sku":"CB135","price":1307.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b98b57df08caa134c7245fc30a495aee.png?v=1781705257"},{"product_id":"2l-commercial-bar-blender-with-extra-jug-for-smoothies","title":"2L Commercial Bar Blender with Extra Jug for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender MX1000XTXEK with Extra Jug is an essential tool for bartenders and smoothie enthusiasts looking to elevate their beverage creations. This -grade blender delivers reliability and efficiency, significantly enhancing cocktail and smoothie production capabilities for busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with durability in mind, this bar blender is constructed from high-quality copolyester and features a sturdy stainless steel blade for smooth blending every time. Designed to address the challenges of fast-paced bar settings, the MX1000XTXEK stands out with its powerful motor, making quick work of tough ingredients while ensuring consistent texture and taste in every drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 457(H) x 215(W) x 209(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Copolyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW Dual speed 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes a 64oz stacking jug with a lid to streamline serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design ensures quick maintenance in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh and low speed settings provide flexibility for various ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIts stackable jug features a grip handle and pouring spout for efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOne-piece dishwasher safe removable jar pad simplifies clean-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple controls with high, low, off, and pulse function for easy operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDual speed options enhance versatility for blending a wide range of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures -lasting performance under heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity reduces the need for multiple batches, saving time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions fit easily into bars and kitchens without taking up too much space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-grip handle minimizes spills during pouring, keeping your workspace tidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick clean-up means more time spent creating delicious drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blends even the toughest ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces blending time and increases productivity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting and reliable performance you can count on.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender excels in numerous settings, making it a versatile addition to your kitchen or bar. Whether you're crafting cocktails or nutritious smoothies, the Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender is more than capable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and lounges for crafting signature cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for smoothie stations or cocktail mixers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés serving blended beverages or ice creams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent catering for high-volume drink production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the blender is placed on a stable surface to prevent accidents. Regularly clean the removable jar pad and follow the manufacturer's instructions for optimal maintenance. It is also compatible with most power outlets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of material is the jug made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jug is constructed from high-quality copolyester, ensuring durability and resistance to stains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow easy is it to clean the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MX1000XTXEK features an easy-clean design, including a dishwasher-safe jar pad for quick maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes with a one-year warranty, providing peace of mind regarding its durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and durability of the Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender MX1000XTXEK with Extra Jug today and take your beverage crafting to the next level. Order now to simplify your drink preparation process!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810894856577,"sku":"SA500","price":1840.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/8c1ff0e02c13405b1a03156714030950.png?v=1781705258"},{"product_id":"2l-commercial-bar-blender-with-variable-speed-control","title":"2L Commercial Bar Blender with Variable Speed Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Vitaprep 3 Blender is an essential tool for any passionate chef or home cook looking to elevate their culinary endeavors. Designed for high-volume kitchens, this powerful bar blender and smoothie maker excels in producing a variety of textures, from creamy soups to satisfying smoothies, thanks to its innovative variable speed control and robust motor. It is perfect for those who demand precision and versatility in food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, the Vitaprep 3 promises impressive durability. Its BPA-free, high-impact 2-liter container is designed to withstand the rigors of frequent use, ensuring that you can create dense nut butters and rich sauces without hassle. With a powerful 1.2kW motor and user-friendly features, this blender stands out as a remarkable addition to any kitchen setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 508(H) x 191(W) x 222(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.73kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for high-volume kitchens and processing difficult, back-to-back blends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed controller and accelerator tool allows precise control for blending dense ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free high impact container with sealing rubber lid ensures safe storage and minimizes spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes tamper for those hard-to-blend recipes, enhancing blending efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable commercial grade motor that can handle even the toughest ingredients with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design that simplifies operation, allowing anyone to create -quality blends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean components that save you time, making it perfect for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling fan prevents overheating, extending the lifespan of the blender.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile design that accommodates a variety of textures for smoothies, soups, and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy construction ensures stability during operation, reducing the risk of spills and accidents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e1.2kW motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDelivers superior blending performance across a wide range of ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows for precise texture control, improving your culinary creations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBPA-free container\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures safe food preparation, protecting your health and that of your customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e2-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProvides peace of mind regarding quality and durability with -term support.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vitaprep 3 Blender is a versatile appliance that finds its place in various culinary settings, making it a fantastic investment for both home and kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for bars preparing smoothies, frozen cocktails, and frappes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for restaurants needing a reliable solution for sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eA great fit for health-focused cafes that create nutrient-rich beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful in catering setups that require quick and efficient food prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eApplicable in culinary schools where -grade equipment is necessary for training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, simply place the Vitaprep 3 Blender on a stable countertop. Regular cleaning is essential; the container and lid can be easily washed in warm soapy water or placed in a dishwasher for convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the Vitaprep 3 Blender suitable for high-volume use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts robust 1.2kW motor and durable construction ensure it can handle continuous blending cycles in busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the container safe for all types of food preparation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the BPA-free high-impact container is safe for all food types, making it ideal for health-conscious settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I maintain the blender for longevity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular cleaning after each use and avoiding overloading the container will help maintain its performance and lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your blending experience with the Vitaprep 3 Blender. Order today to transform the way you create delicious and consistent recipes in your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810894922113,"sku":"JD002","price":1879.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/3b198c8c2bca471689c690f423b0d7fa.png?v=1781705258"},{"product_id":"2ltr-commercial-bar-blender-with-sound-enclosure-and-bpa-free-jug","title":"2Ltr Commercial Bar Blender with Sound Enclosure and BPA Free Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender is an advanced blending solution designed for bars, cafés, and restaurants prioritizing efficiency and performance. This powerful bar blender is specifically engineered to handle various ingredients, from ice to fresh fruits, making it an essential tool for crafting smooth, delicious drinks. The primary benefit lies in its robust motor and noise-reducing design, ensuring seamless operation in any busy environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoasting a build quality that includes a BPA-free and shatter-resistant jug, this model is perfect for bustling locations where equipment may face bumps and knocks. The noise-reducing sound enclosure is a distinguishing feature, allowing for tranquil blending in intimate settings, while the stainless steel construction guarantees durability and longevity. This blender solves the common problem of excessive noise during operation, making it ideal for customer-facing environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW Dual Speed Quiet 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 419(H) x 298(W) x 280(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 7.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful, 3.5HP motor blends ice and frozen produce with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eShatter resistant sound enclosure for quiet operation in busy spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean electronic membrane keypad with high, low, and pulse functions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e30-second countdown timer with digital readout for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2-litre space-saving stackable jug with a grip handle for mess-free pouring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOne-piece dishwasher-safe removable jar pad for hassle-free cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDual-speed options for precision blending across a variety of recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital timer ensures perfectly blended ingredients every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design supports easy handling and pouring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust motor allows for blending tough ingredients effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact format makes it easy to store without sacrificing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise-reducing enclosure makes it suitable for sophisticated settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrecision blending\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve restaurant-quality drinks with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreate a peaceful ambiance in your establishment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eInvest in a -lasting appliance that withstands heavy use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplify your cleaning process, saving time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender excels in various scenarios, making it valuable for numerous applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars serving a diverse cocktail menu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés specializing in smoothies and frozen drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing efficient blending for sauces and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth-focused establishments providing nutrient-rich beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the blender is placed on a stable, flat surface for optimal performance. Regularly clean the removable jar pad and jug for hygienic practices, and check for any wear on the motor components to maintain longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the blending capacity of the Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a capacity of 2 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug made from shatter-resistant material?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the jug is BPA-free and shatter resistant, perfect for busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of ingredients can the blender handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender can effortlessly blend ice, frozen produce, and a variety of fresh ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender today and enjoy its powerful performance in your drink-making endeavors. Order now to enhance your blending experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810895348097,"sku":"CB136","price":1696.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/170f1538cdf9602b94514c002492e926.png?v=1781705264"},{"product_id":"400ltr-commercial-stick-blender-with-pivot-and-wall-support","title":"400Ltr Commercial Stick Blender with Pivot and Wall Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe MP 800 Turbo TP Stick Blender LED is a versatile and powerful tool designed for culinary professionals and passionate home chefs alike. Its robust performance and innovative features ensure that you can effortlessly blend, puree, and mix large volumes of ingredients with ease, making your cooking experience smoother and more enjoyable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with durability in mind, this stick blender is made from high-quality stainless steel, ensuring it withstands the rigors of commercial kitchens. The revolutionary design features a unique lug on the motor housing that allows for easy resting on the edge of pans, reducing strain on users and enhancing safety during operation. Coupled with a convenient power cord winding system, storing the blender when not in use is a breeze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kW. Capacity 400Ltr. 230V 50HZ\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 845(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpeed of 9500 rpm for quick blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting stainless steel components for durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReinforced bell designed for extended service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh power motor with electronic booster system enhances performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable EasyGrip handle for comfortable use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatented 'EasyPlug' system allows for easy power cord replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean with removable bell and blade for improved hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes a stainless steel blade for optimal blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWall support included for convenient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design reduces user fatigue during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size makes it easy to store in limited kitchen space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick operation enables high efficiency in busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction ensures high resistance against corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eControlled blending speed provides consistency in texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety features allow for peace of mind when blending hot liquids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eErgonomic design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces strain, making it comfortable for cooking sessions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh blending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDelivers quick results, perfect for fast-paced cooking environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintains hygienic conditions easily, ensuring food safety.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBuilt to last, providing reliable performance over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MP 800 Turbo TP Stick Blender LED excels in a variety of settings, making it suitable for numerous culinary applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafés for efficient food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services blending sauces and soups in large batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGourmet kitchens for making purees and emulsions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood processing for creating smooth dressings and dips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCooking classes for demonstrating techniques in blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain optimal performance, ensure the blender is properly stored using the included wall support and clean the removable components regularly after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power of the MP 800 Turbo TP Stick Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick blender operates at a power of 1kW, providing ample blending capacity for large volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the blade be removed for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the bell and blade are removable for easy cleaning and maintenance, promoting hygienic food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MP 800 Turbo TP Stick Blender comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender brings together power, efficiency, and ease of use, making it an essential tool for any kitchen. Order today to elevate your culinary experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810916876673,"sku":"HS576","price":1979.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7faf54f244b246ff448e46b6a045303e.png?v=1781705527"},{"product_id":"commercial-2ltr-bar-blender-and-smoothie-maker-with-extra-jug","title":"Commercial 2Ltr Bar Blender And Smoothie Maker with Extra Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender with Extra Jug is an essential tool for busy bars and smoothie shops looking to enhance their beverage offerings. Tailored for professionals, this powerful blender offers the capability to blend a variety of ingredients seamlessly, ensuring smooth textures and vibrant flavors in every drink. With a robust design, it meets the high demands of commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality stainless steel and durable plastic, the Xtreme blender is built to last. Its unbreakable sound enclosure allows for quieter operation, making it suitable for any setting without disrupting customer experiences. Unlike many other blenders, the dual-speed functionality and extra 64oz stacking MX jar boost output, addressing the need for efficiency and versatility in beverage preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW Dual Speed Quiet 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 539(H) x 228(W) x 241(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes a 64oz Stacking MX jar for improved productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean design with dishwasher safe removable parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eElectronic membrane keypad enhances user experience with intuitive controls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh and low speed options, along with pulse functions for versatile blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUnbreakable sound enclosure minimizes noise, perfect for bar environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhanced blending capacity allows for larger batches in one go, increasing output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation design makes it suitable for use in customer-facing areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures longevity, saving on replacement costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSleek and modern design fits well into any kitchen or bar setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use controls help staff operate the blender with minimal training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDishwasher safe components ensure quick and hassle-free cleaning after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh power performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRapid blending reduces wait times for customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting equipment minimizes downtime and repairs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick cleaning allows for more efficient use in peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to any commercial kitchen. It is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSmoothie bars preparing healthy drinks quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars crafting cocktails with intricate blending requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants offering blended soups and sauces on demand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés creating simple yet delicious milkshakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the Xtreme blender is placed on a stable surface away from water sources. Regular maintenance involves cleaning the removable parts and checking blade sharpness, ensuring a service life for your blender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of power does the blender use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme operates on a power of 1.5kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the blender be used for hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the Xtreme is designed primarily for cold and room temperature ingredients, caution should be employed when blending hot liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the copolyester jug and removable parts can be safely washed in a dishwasher for easy cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender with Extra Jug to elevate your beverage offerings and streamline your service. Order today to experience the blend of efficiency and quality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811057844609,"sku":"SA502","price":2229.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/64826e5fa06628845abfce47575bfe41.png?v=1781706484"},{"product_id":"commercial-2ltr-bar-blender-with-extra-jug-for-smoothies","title":"Commercial 2Ltr Bar Blender With Extra Jug For Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender MX1500XTXSEK with Extra Jug is designed for busy bars, cafés, and kitchens where efficiency meets quality. It delivers powerful blending capabilities, making it an ideal choice for mixologists and culinary professionals aiming to enhance their cocktail and smoothie offerings. This blender is not just a kitchen tool; it's an investment in productivity, capable of handling high-volume blending with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with stainless steel, the Xtreme blender ensures durability and longevity, making it suitable for the rigorous demands of a commercial environment. Its innovative features, such as programmable settings and a stackable jug, differentiate it from blenders, helping you to maximize output while maintaining consistent quality. This means less time spent on preparation and more time focused on serving customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW Variable speed Programmable\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 539(H) x 228(W) x 241(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW, 6.5A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2 Ltr stackable jug with grip handle and pouring spout for effortless operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFour reprogrammable beverage options with individual adjustable speed controls for tailored blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSound enclosure for quiet operation—ideal for busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean electronic touch pad with blue backlit LCD screen, making operation intuitive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDrinks counter for precise stock control—never run out of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUltra strong stainless steel blade—designed for everyday blending challenges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpeed range of 1,500 to 20,000 rpm for maximum blending precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control optimizes blending for different ingredients, from soft fruits to hard ice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise-reducing enclosure enhances customer experience in quiet settings like upscale bars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eProgrammable settings allow for quick and repeatable beverage preparation, improving service efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free jug ensures peace of mind regarding food safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable build withstands heavy daily usage without compromising performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions make it suitable for countertop use in tight spaces or mobile setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-performance blending\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficiently prepare a variety of drinks, boosting your service speed during peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProgrammable settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistently create drinks to your exact specifications, improving customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy reliability and lower replacement costs over time in a demanding environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintain an enjoyable atmosphere for customers even while blending.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender excels in a variety of settings, ensuring versatility in use. Here are some areas where it truly shines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-volume bars producing cocktails at fast pace.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés preparing smoothies and frozen beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSmoothie bars focusing on nutritional drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants offering unique sauces or dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent catering, where portability and performance matter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is placed on a stable, clean surface. Regular cleaning of the jug and blades will prolong the life of the blender and maintain hygiene standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the MX1500XTXSEK blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a capacity of 2 liters, allowing for large batches of drinks or smoothies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug made from safe materials?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender comes with a BPA-free copolyester jug, ensuring safe food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow loud is the blender during operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a sound enclosure, which reduces noise, making it quieter than many blenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender MX1500XTXSEK with Extra Jug simplifies beverage preparation, enabling faster service without compromising quality. Order today and elevate your blending experience to new heights.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811058041217,"sku":"SA406","price":2423.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/a61f3587da48efdb1be625029f75aec9.png?v=1781706486"},{"product_id":"commercial-2ltr-bar-blender-with-programmable-controls","title":"Commercial 2Ltr Bar Blender with Programmable Controls","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender MX1500XTXSEK is an essential tool for any bar setting, cafe, or even at home for smoothie enthusiasts. Designed to deliver unmatched blending power and precision, this bar blender excels in creating delicious cocktails, smoothies, and other blended beverages. Whether you're mixing for a crowd or delivering a quick drink, the Xtreme provides the reliability and performance you need to keep up with demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, this unit features a splash-resistant digital control panel that allows for precise adjustments and four user-definable programs, making it easy to customize your blending experience. Additionally, the innovative removable sound enclosure sets this blender apart by significantly reducing noise, making it suitable for front-of-house operations or quieter environments where sound levels matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW Variable speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 419(H) x 298(W) x 280(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 7.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 to 20,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stackable copolyester jug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-second countdown timer with digital readout for efficient monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed control and pulse option allow for precision blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShatter-resistant sound enclosure ensures quieter operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean electronic keypad with programmable functions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDishwasher-safe removable jar pad simplifies maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet operation with a sound enclosure reduces noise disruption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgrammable settings enhance versatility for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge capacity jug is perfect for high-volume blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel blades provide durability and excellent blending performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use controls streamline the blending process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design allows for easy maneuverability and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh blending power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreates smoother blends and efficiently handles ice and frozen ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise-reducing design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerfect for front-of-house use where customer experience matters.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustomizable programs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOffers tailored settings to suit any drink recipe.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhances longevity and reduces downtime between uses.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Bar Blender excels in various environments where high-performance blending is vital. Its capabilities are especially beneficial in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars and cocktail lounges for crafting signature drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafes and juice bars focusing on fresh smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants seeking to create blended soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels that require efficient beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome use for health enthusiasts who enjoy making daily smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the blender is placed on a flat, stable surface for optimal performance. Regularly clean the detachable jug and sound enclosure to maintain hygiene and functionality. The electronic controls are easy to wipe down, making upkeep simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender operates at 1.5kW with variable speed settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this blender for hot ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender is designed primarily for cold and blended beverages; hot ingredients are not recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the Xtreme Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes with a 1-year warranty from the date of purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience powerful blending with the Xtreme Hi-Power Bar Blender MX1500XTXSEK. Elevate your drink-making capabilities and order today to transform your beverage service.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811058073985,"sku":"CB137","price":1891.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/747c98e9d230f178aa8c07cbf6d81e66.png?v=1781706486"},{"product_id":"commercial-350mm-stick-blender-400w-variable-speed-45l-capacity","title":"Commercial 350mm Stick Blender 400W Variable Speed 45L Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Compact Stick Blender VV is an essential tool for professionals in bustling kitchens. Designed for chefs and catering experts, this reliable stick blender promises efficiency and high performance, making food prep faster and easier. Its impressive capability allows the blending of large quantities, making it perfect for busy kitchens that demand quick and consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality stainless steel and powered by a strong 400W commercial motor, the VV is built to endure rigorous daily use. The variable speed feature, along with its easy disassembly for cleaning, addresses common kitchen challenges—providing flexibility and hygiene. This versatile hand blender streamlines preparation, giving you one less thing to worry about in your culinary tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 400W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 350mm (13.7\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e 2300 - 9600 RPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 90(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-grip ergonomic handle reduces user fatigue, enhancing comfort during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor improves performance and operational lifespan, ensuring -term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExceptionally high blending capacity, suitable for mixing up to 45 liters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFree training is available, offering support post-purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlades are specially sharpened for optimum cutting quality, resulting in smooth blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe variable speed button is conveniently located for easy visibility and adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 400W motor for versatile blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control allows for precise blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design minimizes fatigue during operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComes apart easily for thorough cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures durability in commercial environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAvailable training resources help users maximize their investment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh blending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for busy kitchens and large batches.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick and easy disassembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimple cleaning ensures compliance with hygiene standards.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed options\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomized blending for various ingredients and desired textures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe VV excels in various kitchen environments. It is especially suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing to prepare large soups or sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services that require quick and efficient food preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood production facilities for blending large quantities of ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVegetable pureeing in high-volume kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMixing batters or emulsifying dressings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, ensure that the stick blender is used on flat, stable surfaces. After each use, disassemble the blending foot for thorough cleaning according to HACCP guidelines. Regular maintenance will prolong its lifespan and maintain performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum capacity this stick blender can handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe VV can blend up to 45 liters of food, making it ideal for high-volume tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the unit cleaned?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blending foot and knife mechanism can be easily disassembled for simple cleaning, in accordance with HACCP guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs training available for using this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, free training is available upon receipt of your product to help you master its features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith its combination of power, efficiency, and practicality, the Compact Stick Blender VV is a must-have for any kitchen. Order today to elevate your culinary preparations and streamline your workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811067052417,"sku":"GL505","price":1031.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/886bbde5a586c4defe9d84732a2fb317.png?v=1781706543"},{"product_id":"commercial-900ml-blender-with-sound-enclosure-for-smoothies","title":"Commercial 900ml Blender with Sound Enclosure for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Ellipse Blender with Sound Enclosure MXE2000K is a powerhouse bar blender designed for bustling commercial kitchens and smoothie bars. Ideal for chefs and mixologists alike, it enables rapid blending of both soft and tough ingredients, ensuring that you serve more customers in less time without sacrificing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable plastic, the Ellipse is not just built to last but is also easy to clean, making it perfect for high-volume use. This advanced blender solves the problem of extended blend times and complicated machinery, offering a user-friendly interface enhanced by a programmable system and a redesigned sound enclosure for quieter operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.6kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 900ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 520(H) x 254(W) x 368(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful independent dual-motor system enhances blending capabilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDramatically reduces blend times, producing smoothies and soups in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e30,000 RPM motor speed ensures smoothest consistencies for all recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-replaceable drive coupling offers durability and easy maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eProgrammable with 4 quick-start options for added convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRedesigned sound enclosure minimizes noise and vibration during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty motor allows for consistent blending of even the toughest ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncreased output means less wait time for customers, improving service efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe compact design fits easily into most bar and kitchen layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhanced durability with quality materials, ensuring longevity in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to use interface allows staff to operate without extensive training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise reduction features create a more pleasant environment for staff and patrons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful dual-motor system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHandles demanding blending tasks with ease, saving time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh RPM speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDelivers smoother drinks and consistent textures across recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProgrammable options\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOperational flexibility to quickly prepare various menu items.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess need for replacements and repairs, reducing -term costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ellipse Blender excels in a variety of settings where speed and efficiency are crucial. It is well-suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars making cocktails and mixers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés serving fresh smoothies and blended drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants creating soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFitness centers and juice bars offering nutritious blended options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events requiring quick food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, regularly check the motor and components for wear and promptly replace any damaged parts. The device is straightforward to clean, allowing operators to maintain high standards of hygiene with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat types of ingredients can the Ellipse Blender process?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ellipse Blender can efficiently blend a wide variety of ingredients, from fruits and vegetables to ice and tough fibrous material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIs the sound enclosure removable for cleaning?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the sound enclosure is designed for easy access, allowing for thorough cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat is the warranty on this blender?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a 1 Year warranty covering parts and labor, ensuring protection for your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor rapid, efficient blending that enhances your service quality and keeps up with your busy kitchen, consider the Ellipse Blender with Sound Enclosure MXE2000K. Order today to elevate your blending experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811094086017,"sku":"DL237","price":1939.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/54e22f1b1b237b99569c059b18b1b349.png?v=1781706754"},{"product_id":"commercial-bar-blender-1-litre-dual-speed-with-extra-jug","title":"Commercial Bar Blender 1 Litre Dual Speed with Extra Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender BB255SK with Extra Jug is an essential tool for anyone who demands precision and speed in their beverage-making process. Designed for baristas and catering professionals, this blender excels at creating smoothies, cocktails, and other blended beverages with ease. Its robust performance and durable design significantly boost production efficiency, ensuring you can keep up with high demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, including a stainless steel jug and sturdy plastic housing, this blender is engineered for lasting usage in fast-paced environments. One noteworthy feature is the inclusion of an extra 1-litre stainless steel jug, allowing for improved output and versatility. Whether blending hot soups or icy smoothies, the Bar Blender meets diverse culinary needs while maximizing convenience in your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 260W. Dual speed 1Ltr. Stainless Steel Jug\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 352.4(H) x 247.7(W) x 203.2(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic \u0026amp; Cast Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.14kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutput up to 25 drinks per day, ideal for busy establishments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-speed options of 17,000 and 21,000rpm for tailored blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-replaceable metal reinforced rubber drive coupling enhances durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRugged stainless steel cutting blade for exceptional blending performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free construction ensures safety when blending hot and cold ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh power output ensures quick blending, reducing wait times for customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-speed motor accommodates various textures for ultimate blend control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExtra jug enhances workflow, making it easier to serve multiple customers simultaneously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust design caters to high-volume operations without compromise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean and maintain, saving time during busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight model enables easy handling, ideal for compact spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent results, maintaining quality for every drink.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to use\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFewer training requirements for staff and reduced time on the job.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting investment, saving costs on replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact size\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient use of kitchen space, leaving room for other equipment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile blender shines in various settings, making it ideal for a range of culinary applications. Its design and features enable effective blending for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars creating frozen cocktails or smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes offering a variety of blended beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth food shops focusing on nutritious drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent catering for large gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender BB255SK is easy to set up and compatible with electrical outlets. Regular cleaning of the stainless steel jug and cutting blade is recommended to maintain performance and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the noise level of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender operates at a manageable noise level, suitable for busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I blend hot liquids in this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the BPA-free stainless steel jug allows for blending both hot and cold ingredients safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many drinks can I make in a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender is recommended for production of up to 25 drinks per day, making it ideal for high-demand settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your beverage game with the Bar Blender BB255SK. Order today to streamline your blending process and boost productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811125576065,"sku":"SA508","price":847.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2ea8a4ea04fd9a4ea2d35f7c76e35a82.png?v=1781707127"},{"product_id":"commercial-bar-blender-1-35ltr-with-extra-jug-for-smoothies","title":"Commercial Bar Blender 1.35Ltr with Extra Jug for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe MX Bar Blender 1.35Ltr with Extra Jug is your ideal companion in creating smooth, delicious beverages for both commercial and home settings. Whether you're a bartender crafting cocktails or a smoothie aficionado, this powerful blender enhances your output and boosts production efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith durable stainless steel and plastic construction, this bar blender is designed for longevity and performance. Its robust design addresses the common challenge of achieving a consistent blend, making it a valuable tool for any food and beverage establishment. An extra jug is included, enabling you to prepare large quantities without downtime, ensuring that you're always ready to serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.35Ltr \/ 48oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 406(H) x 216(W) x 210(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW Dual speed \u0026amp; pulse\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-speed operation at 45,000 RPM for quick blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e30-second countdown timer to monitor blending time easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDishwasher safe jug for effortless cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use toggle switch controls allow for simple operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel blade ensures durability and efficient blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful dual speed and pulse settings deliver versatile blending options for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity jug allows for preparing large batches, reducing wait times during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel materials provide reliable durability, suitable for high-intensity use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use controls simplify operation, allowing staff of all skill levels to use it effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCount-down timer enhances productivity by letting you focus on other tasks during blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDishwasher safe features save valuable time in clean-up, improving overall efficiency in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blender And Smoothie Maker\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-speed performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly prepare beverages and meals, enhancing service speed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExtra jug included\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimize downtime with simultaneous blending of different mixtures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable for everyday use, ensuring longevity and reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile bar blender excels in various settings, making it an essential addition to any kitchen or bar. Its robust design and powerful blending capabilities make it ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for smoothies and cocktails\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés to create delicious frappes and blended drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for pureeing sauces and soups\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvents and parties for large batch drink preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply plug the MX Bar Blender into a power outlet. To maintain optimal performance, regularly clean the jug and blades according to the manufacturer's instructions, ensuring the longevity of your appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the MX Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender operates at a power rating of 1.5kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the jug be washed in a dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the jug is dishwasher safe for easy cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MX Bar Blender comes with a 1-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the MX Bar Blender 1.35Ltr with Extra Jug today and enhance your blending experience with precision and speed. Don't miss out on transforming your beverage preparation process.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811125608833,"sku":"SA501","price":1406.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/df23b1556415977f2955931e92bb1137.png?v=1781707129"},{"product_id":"commercial-bar-blender-1-4l-750w-dual-speed-smoothie-maker","title":"Commercial Bar Blender 1.4L 750W Dual Speed Smoothie Maker","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Blade Bar Blender BB300K is an essential tool for professionals in the culinary scene, perfect for bartenders and smoothie makers alike. With its powerful motor and efficient design, this blender allows users to create a variety of blended beverages quickly and smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality materials, the Blade Bar Blender boasts a durable plastic body and a robust 1.4-liter blending jug that can handle large quantities. It efficiently resolves the challenge of achieving smooth textures in drinks, making it ideally suited for high-demand environments like bars and restaurants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 750W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 390(H) x 260(W) x 263(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.37kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo speed settings ensure versatile blending options for a variety of recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe pulse control function allows for precise blending for ideal texture control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use toggle switch controls simplify operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable rubberised jar pad dampens sound and facilitates easy clean-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 1HP commercial motor designed for intensive use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlends up to three 16 oz. margaritas in 12 seconds or less, enhancing service speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits neatly in tight spaces, perfect for bar counters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free blending jug offers a safe option for health-conscious users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficiently reduces preparation time with no compromise on blending quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for mixing a variety of smoothies, cocktails, and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDual speed motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFlexibility to prepare different types of blended drinks with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e1.4L capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAbility to cater to more customers without frequent refills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust build quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance, ideal for commercial settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStreamlined cleaning process saves time and effort in busy environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blade Bar Blender excels in a variety of settings, making it an indispensable asset for those in food and beverage industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for bars crafting cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for smoothie shops serving health-conscious beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful in restaurants for preparing sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for catering events needing large batches of blended drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExcellent for home use during gatherings or parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, regularly check the blending jug and motor for signs of wear, and clean after each use. The blender's straightforward design allows for easy assembly and disassembly for maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blade Bar Blender BB300K is powered by a 750W motor, offering high performance for blending tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many drinks can it prepare at once?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can blend up to three 16 oz. margaritas in 12 seconds, making it efficient for busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blending jug safe for health?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blending jug is made from BPA-free co-polyester material, ensuring safety while blending food and beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your blending efficiency with the Blade Bar Blender BB300K. Place your order today and streamline your beverage preparation process!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811125674369,"sku":"CP847","price":631.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/79866172fe92b57af36dc007ff2d1f5a.png?v=1781707129"},{"product_id":"commercial-bar-blender-1-5l-capacity-for-smoothies-and-cocktails","title":"Commercial Bar Blender 1.5L Capacity for Smoothies and Cocktails","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 908R Bar Blender is designed for busy bars and catering operations, where efficiency and quality are paramount. This bar blender delivers performance, effortlessly blending drinks and cocktails in moments, making it the ideal choice for bartenders and chefs who demand speed without sacrificing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with commercial-grade materials, this blender features a powerful 690W motor paired with durable stainless steel blades, ensuring it handles tough ingredients and ice with ease. Built to withstand the rigors of daily use, the 1.5Ltr polycarbonate jar is shatter-resistant, setting the 908R apart from blenders. Whether you’re mixing frozen margaritas or crafting smoothies, this bar blender is your reliable partner in high-pressure service environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 690W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 400(H) x 205(W) x 195(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.68kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Commercial-grade stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable toggle switch is easy to reach and control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLid-open sensor prevents blending when the lid is not in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComfortable handle on the break-resistant jar enhances pouring ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlades are designed for quick and effective ice crushing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Grip feet ensure stability, preventing skidding during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 690W motor offers smooth blending results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial-grade stainless steel blades ensure durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLid-open sensor adds a layer of safety during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWave-Action system allows for consistent mixing without chunks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits effortlessly into busy bar settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, ensuring minimal downtime between services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-performance blending\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly create smoothies, cocktails, and frozen drinks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDesigned to withstand the demands of use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind with built-in lid sensor during operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIdeal for limited space in bars and kitchens.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 908R Bar Blender excels in a variety of environments, making it an essential tool for beverage preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs, perfect for creating cocktails and mixed drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants, for whipping up smoothies and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services, simplifying the preparation of large batches of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvents and parties, ensuring fast service for guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks, maximizing space while maintaining high quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, the 908R should be placed on a stable surface away from moisture. Regular cleaning of the jar and blades is recommended to ensure longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of drinks can I make with this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can create a variety of cocktails, smoothies, frozen drinks, and sauces with the 908R Bar Blender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jar shatter-proof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 1.5Ltr polycarbonate jar is designed to be break-resistant, making it suitable for high-usage environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is provided with this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 908R comes with a 1-year warranty for parts and labour, ensuring peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the difference the 908R Bar Blender can make to your beverage service. Order today and elevate your drink preparation efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811125707137,"sku":"JB518","price":508.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2b7932f0c549e09be0d542fe5008f66b.png?v=1781707130"},{"product_id":"commercial-bar-blender-1-5l-capacity-for-smoothies-and-soups","title":"Commercial Bar Blender 1.5L Capacity for Smoothies and Soups","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender BB255K is an essential appliance designed for both home and commercial use, particularly for those seeking to create mouth-watering smoothies, sauces, and soups with ease. This powerful blender provides exceptional performance that ensures a smooth and consistent blend every time, making it an ideal choice for bars, cafés, and restaurants looking to impress their customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted in the USA, the Bar Blender features a robust build quality and high-grade materials that enhance its durability. The ingenious jug design ensures that all ingredients are efficiently drawn toward the stainless steel blades, providing notable blending efficiency. With its straightforward operation and easy maintenance, this blender stands out as a reliable kitchen companion that never compromises on quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 260W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 352.4(H) x 247.7(W) x 203.2(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic \u0026amp; Cast Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.29kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable commercial-grade motor with dual speed control for versatile mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy base for stable operation, preventing spills even when full.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-replaceable drive coupling for extended product life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRubber suction cup feet provide a secure grip on countertops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 3\/4HP motor for efficient blending sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-speed settings allow for versatility in mixing different textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOptimal capacity of 1.3L, perfect for single servings or small batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCleans easily thanks to its straightforward design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStable and durable, designed for daily commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh blending efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve smooth textures quickly, no chunks left behind.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable for heavy usage in busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning and more time blending.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for cocktail preparation in bars and nightclubs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for creating smoothies and cold beverages in cafés.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful for blending soups and sauces in restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for catering services that require quick and efficient food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the blender is placed on a flat, stable surface to guarantee optimal performance. Regular cleaning after each use will help maintain its durability and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a capacity of 1.3 liters, perfect for small batches and individual servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of motor does this blender use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model features a commercial-grade 3\/4HP motor with dual-speed settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the design allows for easy cleaning, making maintenance a breeze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're looking for a reliable and high-performance blending solution, the Bar Blender BB255K is the perfect choice. Order today and elevate your blending experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811125739905,"sku":"CP340","price":508.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4f553ee645b09acfe4015b3b74163b80.png?v=1781707130"},{"product_id":"commercial-bar-blender-950ml-capacity-with-two-speed-settings","title":"Commercial Bar Blender 950ml Capacity with Two Speed Settings","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Rio Stainless Steel Bar Blender is an essential tool for anyone wanting to elevate their beverage-making experience. This powerful bar blender is designed for both home and use, providing exceptional performance for crafting cocktails, smoothies, and much more. With a focus on speed, reliability, and efficiency, this blender ensures every drink meets your texture and consistency requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, the Rio exemplifies quality and longevity. It effectively addresses common blending challenges with ease, thanks to its robust motor and thoughtful design features. The prominent differentiator of this model is its combination of -grade performance with user-friendly controls, making it an indispensable asset for both baristas and home entertainers alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 736W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 950ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 430(H) x 190(W) x 216(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful motor crushes ice rapidly for smooth results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use controls with high, low, and pulse settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealed switches protect against damage from spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLid open and jar pad sensor enhances safety during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriple-sealed lid prevents leaks and maintains freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-performance blade designed for efficient ice cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Grip feet keep the blender stable on countertops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-performance motor delivers fast blending for cocktails and smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWave-Action system continuously forces the mixture down into the blades, ensuring smooth results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy base reduces movement and noise during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in safety features safeguard against mishaps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenerous 950ml container allows for multiple servings in one go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction means -lasting use in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bar Blenders And Smoothie Makers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful 736W Motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blend tough ingredients like frozen fruits and ice.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy-to-Use Controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuickly adjust settings for different recipes, saving time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed Switches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhanced durability and peace of mind in a busy kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWave-Action System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConsistently smooth texture without lumps in your drinks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrepare multiple servings at once, perfect for gatherings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rio is a versatile appliance perfect for various settings where smooth, blended drinks are essential. Its ability to handle high-volume blending makes it ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for crafting cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafes serving smoothies and frozen beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants where quick service is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for entertaining guests with drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents and parties where batch blending is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bar blender is straightforward to set up; simply place it on a stable surface, ensure it’s plugged in, and you’re ready to start blending. Regular cleaning is recommended to maintain hygiene and performance, and the stainless steel construction allows for easy wipe-downs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the blender's power output?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rio features a powerful 736W motor for efficient blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blending jar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a generous capacity of 950ml, making it suitable for larger batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your drink-making routine with the Rio Stainless Steel Bar Blender. Its combination of durability, performance, and ease of use makes it a must-have for any home or bar. Order today to elevate your beverage experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811125772673,"sku":"JB520","price":703.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/183a6448f4cf32090efdbc1a9d02e9fd.png?v=1781707131"},{"product_id":"commercial-brushless-blender-with-9-programs-for-smoothies","title":"Commercial Brushless Blender with 9 Programs for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Compact Brushless Blender 66 is an exceptional appliance designed for culinary enthusiasts and busy professionals alike. Whether you’re crafting smoothies, cocktails, or sauces, this blender delivers perfect results every time. Its innovative features make it a fundamental addition to any kitchen, ensuring delectable creations without the hassle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable aluminium and polyester, the model stands out with its robust design and reliable functionality. Equipped with a highly -efficient brushless motor, it reduces running costs while achieving superior blending performance. Designed to minimize food waste, you can blend whole fruits, including the peel and seeds, to create deliciously smooth textures. Additionally, the easy-clean design makes transitioning between different recipes effortless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 393(H) x 197(W) x 233(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium \u0026amp; Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220\/240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrushless motor for efficiency and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-sharp blade crushes ice cubes and frozen fruits in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo-way blade rotation to ensure faster, more thorough blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable metal coupling with brake to prevent damage during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used on countertops or integrated into counters for versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable jars simplify storage while maximizing accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto-stop safety feature activates when the lid is opened or the jar is removed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInnovative quiet blending technology minimizes noise during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNine optimized blending programs enhance the quality of your recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrushless motor technology provides a quieter blending experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptimized blending programs tailored to various recipes enhance versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures this blender stands up to heavy usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo-way blade rotation maximizes blending efficiency, saving you prep time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient performance contributes to lower utility bills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design allows for hassle-free maintenance after each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Kitchen Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushless motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduces consumption while increasing durability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-way blade rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOffers superior blending in a shorter time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptimized blending programs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerfect results, no matter what you’re preparing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits easily in kitchens with limited counter space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuto-stop safety feature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncreases safety and reduces risk of accidents during operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Compact Brushless Blender 66 excels in various settings, making it ideal for a range of applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafes and coffee shops for smoothies and specialty drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants blending sauces and soups to perfection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuice bars creating healthy concoctions with whole fruits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBanquet service for catering large events and gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for meal prepping and quick recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender can conveniently be placed on a countertop or integrated into a kitchen counter for a seamless look. Ensure it is securely connected to a power source at 220\/240V, and follow the simple care instructions for easy maintenance and cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Compact Brushless Blender 66?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a capacity of 2 liters, making it suitable for both small batches and larger drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the two-way blade rotation work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two-way rotation allows the blades to blend efficiently in both directions, ensuring smoother textures in less time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blender safe to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features an auto-stop safety function that activates when the lid is opened or when the jar is removed from the base, ensuring safe operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the benefits of hassle-free blending with the Compact Brushless Blender 66. Enhance your kitchen with an appliance that combines efficiency, versatility, and ease of use. Shop now for a reliable blending solution!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811163914625,"sku":"DM499","price":2133.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7cb801fdb7424b4590d2a0d8b619c6ec.png?v=1781707577"},{"product_id":"commercial-cordless-stick-blender-180w-with-160mm-shaft","title":"Commercial Cordless Stick Blender 180W with 160mm Shaft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Cordless Stick Blender is a versatile kitchen companion designed for chefs and home cooks alike. Perfect for blending, mixing, and pureeing a variety of ingredients, this stick blender enhances your cooking experience by simplifying tasks that traditionally take up time and effort. With its cordless design, you gain the freedom to move around your kitchen without being tethered to a power outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, this stick blender promises durability and efficiency. The 180W motor provides ample power, enabling quick blending while the ergonomic handle ensures comfort during use. No more struggling with bulky appliances; the Stick Blender addresses the need for a space-saving, easy-to-use tool that offers reliable performance without complicated setups or extensive cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160mm (6.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 230\/240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePortable design allows for easy handling and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction makes it ideal for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with additional accessories, including whisks and cutter bowls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDetachable attachment facilitates easy cleaning and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick 45-minute charging time ensures you can get back to blending without waits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle for comfortable grip during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDetachable design for effortless cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight feel makes it perfect for quick tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile functionality, from soups to smoothies, enhances meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccessories compatibility broadens its utility in the kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast charging reduces downtime and improves workflow efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePortable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUse it anywhere in the kitchen without being restricted by cords.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eComfortable to use even during cooking sessions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick charging\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess time waiting, more time preparing delicious meals.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHandles a variety of blending tasks effortlessly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cordless Stick Blender shines in various cooking environments. Whether you are preparing meals at home, blending at a catering event, or creating smoothies in a cafe, its portable nature ensures it fits right in. Below are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlending soups and sauces directly in the pot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePreparing smoothies and shakes in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMaking homemade baby food without fuss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWorking in commercial kitchens for efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreating emulsions for dressings and marinades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender is simple to handle. Before first use, fully charge the device for 45 minutes. Cleaning is straightforward due to the detachable attachments; simply wash them under warm soapy water or place in the dishwasher for hassle-free maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat accessories are compatible with this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender is compatible with various accessories such as whisks and cutter bowls, expanding its functionality for various culinary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it take to charge the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe charge time is approximately 45 minutes, allowing you to quickly get back to blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender comes with a 1-year warranty, ensuring peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and efficiency of the Cordless Stick Blender. Order today and elevate your blending game!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811248849281,"sku":"SA423","price":727.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/eec9c17ec215471aaa6f9ed4030d0750.png?v=1781708461"},{"product_id":"commercial-electric-food-ricer-650w-for-quick-food-mashing","title":"Commercial Electric Food Ricer 650W for Quick Food Mashing","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electric Foodmill Ricer PP 97 is an innovative stick blender designed for culinary professionals and home cooks who demand efficiency and quality in their kitchen tasks. This powerful device excels at mashing large quantities of potatoes and other fruits and vegetables, significantly reducing preparation time. With its robust design and user-friendly features, the Ricer helps you achieve smooth and creamy purées effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, this electric food ricer features a durable stainless steel head and a powerful 650W motor, making it the perfect tool for creating lump-free mashes and delightful recipes such as sorbets, puddings, and desserts. Unlike traditional manual ricers, the Electric Foodmill Ricer PP 97 provides consistent results with minimal effort, making meal preparation a breeze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 650W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 520mm (20.4\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 20-100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 980(H) x 180(W) x 180(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 5.7 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe ricer grid and blade are easy to remove for cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for producing lump-free mash and vegetables every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures a titanium-coated blade for enhanced durability and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle made of polycarbonate for a comfortable grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful 650W motor ensures efficiency and speed in food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge capacity allows for processing of 20-100 kg of ingredients at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean components save time after cooking and improve hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust construction offers longevity and reliability during heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for lump-free results, enhancing the quality of your dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight and compact, offering easy storage without taking much space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTime-saving operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpend less time preparing ingredients and more time enjoying meals.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo lumps in your mash\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eServe smooth and creamy dishes that impress family and guests.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a -lasting kitchen companion that withstands regular use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasily handle the stick blender with one hand during food preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Electric Foodmill Ricer PP 97 is perfect for a variety of culinary settings, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen. Its robust performance makes it suitable for both home cooking and catering environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for restaurants needing to mash large quantities quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for culinary schools and training kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for caterers preparing food for events and large gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful in food production for making consistent purées and mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn excellent tool for bakeries creating desserts and fillings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the ricer head is securely attached before use. After each session, disassemble the components for easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the Electric Foodmill Ricer PP 97 made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ricer head is made of durable stainless steel, while the handle is made of polycarbonate for a comfortable grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much food can it handle at once?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ricer can process between 20-100 kg of food ingredients in a single use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this product easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the ricer grid and blade can be easily removed for cleaning, making maintenance a simple task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring efficiency and quality to your cooking with the Electric Foodmill Ricer PP 97. It’s time to elevate your dish preparation—order today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811345875329,"sku":"CF253","price":1574.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/8b21297622a580a24481c1c132911967.png?v=1781709689"},{"product_id":"commercial-electric-food-ricer-460w-for-potatoes-and-vegetables","title":"Commercial Electric Food Ricer 460W for Potatoes and Vegetables","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electric Foodmill Ricer PP 97 Plus is an essential tool for any kitchen enthusiast. This stick blender makes quick work of mashing large quantities of potatoes, fruits, and vegetables, allowing you to create delicious purées, mashed apples, or chestnut mixes with ease. Whether you are preparing for a family meal or catering for an event, this appliance can save valuable time in the kitchen, letting you focus on what matters most—serving up wonderful dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered to deliver outstanding performance, the Electric Foodmill is built with a robust 650W motor and a durable stainless steel ricer head. This build quality ensures longevity and reliability, while the detachable shaft simplifies cleaning and maintenance. No more struggling with stubborn lumps in your mashed vegetables; enjoy smooth, lump-free results every single time with this versatile kitchen companion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 650W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 570mm (22.4\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 20-100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 990(H) x 180(W) x 180(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft \/ Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 6.1 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 to 500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving electric operation for efficient food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design with a rubber grip for comfortable handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable ricer grid and blade for easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLump-free mashed vegetables guaranteed for a perfect texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions make it easy to store in any kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTitanium-coated blade for enhanced durability and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh power motor – Ensures efficient blending and mashing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDetachable shaft – Simplifies storage and cleaning processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction – Provides durability and -lasting use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable speed settings – Offers versatility in food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity – Meets the demands of busy kitchens and catering services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design – Allows for easy maneuverability without sacrificing strength.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient mashing\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGet smooth, consistent results in less time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTrust in a -lasting kitchen appliance that can handle regular use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time on maintenance and more time cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIdeal for a variety of ingredients, from vegetables to fruits.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Electric Foodmill Ricer excels in various settings, making it a valuable asset in both home and commercial kitchens. Here are a few applications where it performs exceptionally:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for creating purées and side dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services for batch preparation of creamy desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome cooks looking to streamline meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePastry chefs for making smooth fillings and garnishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks offering homemade mashed items on-the-go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor effective use, ensure the ricer head is securely attached to the shaft before operation. Clean all removable parts thoroughly after use to maintain hygiene and equipment longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of food can I use with the Electric Foodmill Ricer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can use it for mashing potatoes, fruits, and various vegetables, making it versatile for many recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the stainless steel part dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the ricer grid and blade are easy to clean, it's advisable to wash them by hand to ensure the integrity of the materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of warranty does this product come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Electric Foodmill Ricer comes with a 1-year warranty, providing peace of mind regarding its reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your culinary experience with the Electric Foodmill Ricer PP 97 Plus. Enjoy efficient and effortless food preparation, transforming your kitchen tasks into a breeze. Order today and start blending with confidence!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811345908097,"sku":"CF254","price":2351.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f456d68e3e5ad795e828e12f996c6c80.png?v=1781709690"},{"product_id":"commercial-heavy-duty-blender-4ltr-stainless-steel-jar","title":"Commercial Heavy Duty Blender 4Ltr Stainless Steel Jar","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe The Legend Commercial Heavy Duty Blender with Electronic Keypad 4Ltr CB15K is a versatile kitchen appliance designed for busy professionals who demand efficiency and performance. Ideal for restaurants, coffee shops, and catering services, this blender can handle high-volume blending tasks while delivering consistent results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durability in mind, this heavy-duty blender features a stainless steel jar and an ultra-powerful motor, making it an excellent choice for high-demand environments. Its robust design not only addresses the challenges of tough blending tasks but also ensures a lifespan, separating it from conventional blenders. With user-friendly features and an easy-to-clean design, this blender elevates the blending experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8kW \/ 3.75HP. 4Ltr. Stainless steel blender jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 565(H) x 381(L)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 17.2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra heavy-duty motor – perfect for larger loads and longer blending times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-off, rubberized lid with removable clear cap for adding ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable, high-performance stainless steel blade for efficient blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal-on-metal, stainless steel coupling system for enhanced durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRugged rubber feet reduce vibration and noise during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDishwasher safe one-piece jar pad for effortless cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-speed selection with max pulse function for chopping and mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronic keypad - easy to operate even in fast-paced environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePressure reducing lid design - perfect for blending hot ingredients safely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong handles for secure pouring and carrying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLid clamps for securing contents during blending, enhancing safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDishwasher safe components save time on cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures reliability for demanding applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Kitchen Blender?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlends up to 100+ drinks\/servings per day, ideal for busy venues.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandles extensive blending tasks without overheating.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy operation reduces training time for new staff.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance saves you money on replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty blender excels in a variety of settings, making it a valuable asset for those in the food and beverage industry. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing smoothies, sauces, and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés serving blended coffee beverages and milkshakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering services creating large batches of soups or purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars mixing cocktails with crushed ice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHealth food stores making smoothies for customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, place the blender on a stable surface. Regular cleaning is essential; the dishwasher-safe jar and components simplify this process significantly. Regularly inspect the blender for wear to maintain functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe The Legend Commercial Heavy Duty Blender has a power of 1.8kW \/ 3.75HP.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow large is the blender jar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a 4-liter capacity, making it suitable for large blending tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender's jar is dishwasher safe, which makes cleaning effortless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith its impressive capacity and robust design, the The Legend Commercial Heavy Duty Blender is the perfect choice for professionals. Order today and enhance your kitchen's blending capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811456762241,"sku":"CJ971","price":2908.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d714c411048c1aef0f8b085b2230ecc3.png?v=1781710656"},{"product_id":"commercial-heavy-duty-stick-blender-850w-530mm-shaft","title":"Commercial Heavy Duty Stick Blender 850W 530mm Shaft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty Stick Blender SMX 600 Turbo is an essential tool for any kitchen or catering operation. Its powerful motor and durable design make it the go-to solution for blending thick sauces, soups, and other ingredients efficiently. Designed for chefs who demand both performance and reliability, this stick blender stands out with its impressive capacity and robust build quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with stainless steel blades and a rubber grip, the stick blender ensures both durability and comfort during extended use. The titanium plated blades are specifically designed to withstand heavy-duty applications, allowing easy maneuverability through denser mixtures. The unit's non-detachable shaft keeps the internal gear mechanism sheltered from external elements, enhancing its longevity significantly. This makes it an exceptional choice for those who face the challenge of processing large volumes regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 850W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 530mm Non-Detachable\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 200Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.7 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1030(H) x 275(W) x 160(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years on Motor \u0026amp; 1 Year Parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUltra-strong titanium-plated blade - cuts through thick ingredients with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed motor - allows for blending with accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eContinuous on function - operate without constant button pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupport brackets available - hold the blender in place when needed (sold separately).\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLonger power cable - grants flexibility in movement during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-access wall storage bracket included - keeps the blender secure when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 850W motor for efficient blending of large volumes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTitanium-coated blades ensure durability, cutting through thick ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eA non-detachable shaft design enhances reliability and user safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control for precise blending depending on the task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuilt-in wall storage bracket promotes convenient storage and accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e power cable increases mobility, allowing use across different surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable enough for daily commercial use without wear.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve quick and efficient blending without hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBlend large batches with ease, saving time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty Stick Blender SMX 600 Turbo is ideal for various settings and industries, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen. Its powerful performance suits numerous applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and catering services for sauces, soups, and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood production facilities focusing on large batch processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens aiming for efficiency in food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBanquet halls for quick blending of large quantities of mixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning is straightforward with this stick blender, and its design allows for easy rinsing of the detachable part post-use. Regularly check the blade for any signs of wear, ensuring efficient performance over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the motor power of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty Stick Blender SMX 600 Turbo has a powerful motor rated at 850W.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shaft be detached for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the shaft is non-detachable, ensuring that the internal gear mechanism remains protected and increases the tool's durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum blending capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender can handle a capacity of up to 200 liters, making it perfect for large batches and commercial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor efficient and versatile blending in your kitchen, the Heavy Duty Stick Blender SMX 600 Turbo is unmatched. Order today to enhance your food preparation capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811458695553,"sku":"DS550","price":1708.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/934f3462273043de076da009bc4ee586.png?v=1781710670"},{"product_id":"commercial-kitchen-blender-450mm-height-quiet-operation","title":"Commercial Kitchen Blender 450mm Height Quiet Operation","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Kitchen Blender is an essential tool for both chefs and passionate home cooks. Engineered to deliver exceptional results, this kitchen blender excels in creating a wide variety of liquids, from veloutes to sauces, effortlessly. Its innovative features allow for quiet operation, making it perfect for use in noise-sensitive environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, this blender is designed for durability and ease of use. Its watertight lid significantly reduces the risk of spills, while the internal ribbing helps improve the circulation of ingredients for consistent blending results. You can achieve perfectly smooth textures every time, setting this model apart in a crowded market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 450(H) x 470(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 14kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 3Ltr bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 500-12600rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffectively processes a diverse range of sweet and savory liquids, from soups to cake batters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for optimal performance, ensuring fine and rapid outcomes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuieter than competing models, allowing comfortable use in quiet kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFeatures a safety lock for the bowl and lid, enhancing user peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to disassemble for cleaning—blade assembly and other parts are dishwasher safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWatertight lid – Reduces mess and ensures clean operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction – Offers durability and -lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh speed range – Able to achieve various textures according to your needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity bowl – Perfect for blending both small and large quantities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic grip – Facilitates comfort during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTimer display – Alerts you when your blend is ready.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Kitchen Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYou can blend without disturbing others, ideal for cafes and restaurants.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting kitchen equipment that withstands daily use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortless cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDishwasher-safe parts save you time and effort after cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWork confidently knowing that the blender won’t operate unless secured properly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kitchen Blender is versatile and excels in a variety of settings. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e kitchens for preparing sauces and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood catering services for large batch processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes for smoothie and puree creation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries for quickly mixing batters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for creating consistent textured soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is placed on a stable surface and connected to a suitable power supply. Following usage, disassemble the parts for thorough cleaning; the blade assembly can be easily removed with the provided tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat liquids can I blend with the?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender can efficiently process a wide range of liquids, including soups, sauces, veloutes, coulis, and batters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blender easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, all components that come into contact with food are easily removable and dishwasher safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow noisy is this blender during operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for quiet operation, making it one of the quietest blenders available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the blend of efficiency and quiet operation with the Kitchen Blender. Order today and enhance your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811501719937,"sku":"CX120","price":3285.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/a35da326e909e19c15c8192231c4eef9.png?v=1781711121"},{"product_id":"commercial-mini-cordless-whisk-9-6v-rechargeable-handheld-mixer","title":"Commercial Mini Cordless Whisk 9.6V Rechargeable Handheld Mixer","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Cordless Whisk is the ultimate solution for mobile caterers and chefs on the go. Designed for flexibility, this lightweight stick blender offers unparalleled convenience without the hassle of cords, making it a perfect companion in busy kitchen environments. Enjoy the freedom to whisk, blend, and emulsify effortlessly, wherever your culinary adventures take you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable materials, the whisk features a titanium-coated blade for enhanced longevity and performance. The minimalistic design, framed in grey and orange, not only looks stylish but is also practical, addressing the common issue of restricted movement in kitchens with limited power outlet access. The model’s unique cordless functionality sets it apart from traditional alternatives, ensuring seamless, uninterrupted operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 250W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 185mm (7.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-5 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.6V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey \u0026amp; Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 500(H) x 210(W) x 100(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRechargeable design for mobility in any location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes battery charger for convenience and ease of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSingle-speed operation for simple and efficient handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRuns up to 1 hour on a single charge for extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with an optional additional battery for back-to-back operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design ensures comfortable handling and reduces fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStable performance with a motor speed of 700 rpm for effective mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfectly suited for small to medium batches, enhancing kitchen productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTitanium-coated blades provide durability and superior mixing efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSwappable battery allows for uninterrupted whisking during busy periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple to clean and maintain, streamlining kitchen operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact and cordless\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUse it anywhere without the hassle of cords or plugs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e battery life\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy up to an hour of use, perfect for busy service times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable performance that stands up to the demands of a kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Cordless Whisk excels in various culinary settings, making it versatile for a range of applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMobile catering events where power sources are limited.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSmall cafes and bistros needing efficient workspace management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCooking demonstrations with the flexibility to move freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick preparation of sauces and dressings on-the-go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to enhance their culinary workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the battery is fully charged before use. Clean the whisk promptly after use to maintain hygiene and prolong the life of the device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the battery last between charges?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery can operate for up to 1 hour before needing a recharge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a battery charger included with the purchase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Mini Cordless Whisk comes with a battery charger for your convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I purchase an additional battery for extended use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, an optional additional battery () is available for seamless swapping during busy hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and efficiency of the Mini Cordless Whisk. Order today and step up your culinary game with this versatile kitchen tool that adapts to your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811569877377,"sku":"CF003","price":556.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c09b4ce4d7edaa377ba05894c133cba9.png?v=1781711754"},{"product_id":"commercial-mini-stick-blender-with-variable-speed-control","title":"Commercial Mini Stick Blender with Variable Speed Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Stick Blender VV is a culinary essential designed for chefs and cooking enthusiasts alike. This powerful hand blender revolutionizes food preparation, enabling precision blending, mixing, and emulsifying with ease. As the flagship model in the range, it promises unparalleled performance, ideal for both commercial kitchens and home use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality stainless steel, the VV not only ensures durability but also provides reliability during demanding kitchen tasks. Its variable speed controls allow for meticulous adjustments to achieve the desired blend, while the easy disassembly feature makes cleaning hassle-free, adhering to HACCP guidelines. With the Mini Stick Blender, you’ll experience consistent culinary results in every dish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 290W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 240mm (9.4\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000-12,500rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 520(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-grip ergonomic handle reduces user fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor improves performance and operational lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatented Aeromix tool produces light and airy emulsions that hold their shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed button is positioned at the top for greater visibility and easier adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOver-moulded blades specially sharpened to guarantee optimum cutting quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFree training available. Please contact after receiving your product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy disassembly for simple cleaning in accordance with HACCP guidelines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh power output ensures efficient blending of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control enhances versatility for different recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomically designed for comfort, allowing extended use without fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction offers durability and easy maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe Aeromix tool is ideal for creating stable emulsions, essential in gourmet cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy cleaning process supports a hygienic kitchen environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDelivers consistent blending performance and longevity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGives you the flexibility to achieve the perfect texture for any recipe.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy disassembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStreamlines cleaning, saving you time and effort in the kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePatented Aeromix technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnables you to create -grade emulsions and mixtures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Stick Blender VV excels across various culinary applications, making it a versatile tool in any kitchen. It is particularly effective in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for preparing sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services requiring high volume blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for quick meal prep and mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePastry shops for creating light and airy mixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth food stores for smoothies and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsuring optimal performance is simple with the Mini Stick Blender. Regularly check the blades for sharpness and clean the removable parts after each use to maintain hygiene and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the Mini Stick Blender VV?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I easily disassemble the blender for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the entire shaft mechanism can be disassembled, making cleaning straightforward and compliant with HACCP guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the variable speed range of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a variable speed range from 2000 to 12,500 rpm, allowing for precise blending control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and professionalism of the Mini Stick Blender VV for your culinary creations. Order today and elevate your kitchen performance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811571417473,"sku":"GL502","price":839.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/387f38fffd6065ba9e1c127349bede31.png?v=1781711774"},{"product_id":"commercial-silent-bar-blender-2-4l-programmable-kitchen-equipment","title":"Commercial Silent Bar Blender 2.4L Programmable Kitchen Equipment","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Silent Bar Blender 62A is a versatile kitchen blender designed for both professionals and home users who demand efficiency without compromising on performance. Ideal for busy kitchens, this powerful blender produces smooth results for a variety of ingredients, making it perfect for smoothies, soups, sauces, and more. The standout feature of this blender is its whisper-quiet operation, allowing users to blend ingredients without the loud noise typically associated with blenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a combination of high-quality aluminum and plastic, the Silent Bar Blender is engineered for durability and ease of use. Its compact design allows for easy storage, while the brushless motor enhances efficiency and provides a longer lifespan. With 30 pre-programmed blending cycles, users can effortlessly select the desired blending mode, catering to a wide range of culinary tasks, from crushing ice to blending hard vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW Variable speed Programmable 2.4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e Bowl - Max: 2.4 Ltrs. Graduation: 1.4 Ltrs\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed: 500(H) x 260(W) x 290(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed: 10.4 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Polished Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUnique brushless motor ensures quiet operation and high torque.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety sensor on sound enclosure stops the motor when the enclosure is opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLCD display with a glass control panel for easy operation and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e30 pre-programmed cycles along with infinite customization options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes instruction manual, recipe leaflet, and a general catalogue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBrushless motor provides quieter operation compared to traditional blenders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety features enhance user protection while operating the blender.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePre-programmed recipes simplify preparation, making it ideal for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean glass control panel maintains a hygienic environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design allows for flexible counter placement or drop-in installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction extends the life of the blender, providing value over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Kitchen Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBlend without disturbing the environment, perfect for cafés and bars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e20 pre-programmed recipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSave time and ensure consistent results every time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance even in high-demand settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning and more time crafting delicious blends.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Silent Bar Blender excels in a variety of settings, making it a versatile choice for numerous culinary applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for smoothie bars and health food shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for cafés offering blended drinks and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for bars needing blended cocktails and slushes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful in catering businesses for quick food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuits home kitchens looking for a reliable, efficient blender.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is placed on a stable surface and securely connected to the power supply. Regularly clean the blades and enclosure to maintain hygiene and prolong the blender’s life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a maximum bowl capacity of 2.4 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow loud is the operation of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender is designed with a sound enclosure that significantly reduces noise during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty comes with the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender includes a 2-year warranty for parts and labor, along with a 5-year warranty on the motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience blending like never before with the Silent Bar Blender 62A, designed to meet the demands of both professionals and home chefs. Order today and elevate your blending experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811721363841,"sku":"DN638","price":2908.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7da6135b03daf7645117afb66bf982d5.png?v=1781713671"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-100l-capacity-powerful-turbo-mixer","title":"Commercial Stick Blender 100L Capacity Powerful Turbo Mixer","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Turbo Blender MX120UK is a powerful stick blender designed for culinary professionals who demand efficiency and precision. This exceptional tool allows you to mix, blend, puree, and emulsify up to 100 litres of food with incredible speed and ease, making it perfect for restaurants, catering services, and busy kitchens. With its advanced features and ergonomic design, you'll save valuable time while achieving consistent results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt to last, the Turbo Blender MX120UK features a robust stainless steel blade and shaft combined with a rubber grip for comfortable handling. Its titanium-coated blade effortlessly cuts through tough ingredients, ensuring a smooth blend without the need for additional sieving. This high-performance stick blender stands out from the competition by delivering ultra-fine textures and a quiet operation, allowing for seamless integration into any kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 600W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 100Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Shaft Length 410mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft\/ Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUltra high performance removes the need to sieve after blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafe to use with a reduced risk of cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTurbo function allows for rapid blending, saving time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdapted weight for perfect working comfort during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation suitable for any kitchen setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUnrivalled fineness of texture enhances food presentation and taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful blending capability for high volume food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design minimizes strain, ideal for extensive use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction ensures longevity and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRapid speed adjustments for versatility in a variety of recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompliance with HACCP requirements for food safety standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design facilitates ease of use without compromise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 600W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficiently blends large quantities with speed and ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust titanium-coated blade\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable performance that effortlessly handles tough ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight at 4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances maneuverability, reducing user fatigue during tasks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes noise disruptions in busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Turbo Blender is versatile and excels in a variety of culinary settings. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for efficient soup and sauce preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services for large batch blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood production facilities needing high-capacity blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels for mixing large quantities of smoothies or sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks requiring quick and efficient meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the longevity of your Turbo Blender, ensure proper cleaning after each use. The stainless steel construction allows for easy sanitation, ensuring compliance with food safety standards. Regular inspections for wear and tear should be conducted, especially on the blade and grip areas, for optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Turbo Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a capacity of 100 litres, making it suitable for large-scale food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blender safe to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the design minimizes the risk of cuts, and the titanium-coated blade offers durability and safety while blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the speed ranges of this stick blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer operates at a speed range from 3000 to 9500 rpm, providing versatility for different blending needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and precision of the Turbo Blender MX120UK today. Elevate your culinary creations and streamline your food preparation process. Order now to take your kitchen capabilities to the next level!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811783000449,"sku":"CM237","price":1418.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0d4e1a65076fd57d9299a4ca6d65c87f.png?v=1781714838"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-250mm-shaft-variable-speed-310w","title":"Commercial Stick Blender 250mm Shaft Variable Speed 310W","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender CMP250VV is your go-to tool for effortless blending, perfect for chefs and home cooking enthusiasts alike. Designed to deliver unparalleled efficiency, this stick blender enables you to achieve smooth and consistent results, reducing preparation time and effort in the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality stainless steel, the Stick Blender stands out for its durability and performance. The ergonomic handle is tailored for comfort, making it easier to use during extensive prep sessions. This innovative device not only handles large batches with ease but also ensures cleanliness and hygiene, as its disassembly feature allows for thorough cleaning to meet HACCP standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 310W Shaft: 250mm (9.8\") Variable Speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 90(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.9kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-grip ergonomic handle reduces user fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful motor improves performance and operational lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed control from 2300 to 9600 RPM enhances blending precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree training available after your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy disassembly for simple cleaning in accordance with HACCP guidelines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecially sharpened over moulded blades guarantee optimum cutting quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe variable speed button at the top provides greater visibility and easier adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe ergonomic handle design minimizes strain during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed range allows for fine-tuning blends to your desired consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust motor ensures reliability under heavy usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e stainless steel construction resists corrosion, ensuring a lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple disassembly makes post-use maintenance quick and straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComprehensive training available helps you maximize the unit's capabilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable Speed Control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAchieve precise blending tailored to your specific ingredients and recipe needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy ultimate comfort and minimize fatigue during culinary tasks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel Build\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExperience a blend that lasts, with a material resistant to corrosion and wear.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy Cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintain high standards of hygiene with a design that simplifies clean-up.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful Motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenefit from faster preparation times without compromising quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender CMP250VV is versatile and excels in various settings where efficiency and quality are paramount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens in restaurants and catering services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood production facilities requiring reliable blending capabilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHealthcare facilities for meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and juice bars needing quick fruit and vegetable puree.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome cooking for families that enjoy smooth soups, sauces, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the stick blender is plugged into a compatible 230V power source. Regularly disassemble for cleaning to maintain hygiene and functionality, in line with HACCP standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum blending speed of the Stick Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum blending speed is 9600 RPM, providing you with extensive control over your blending tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the foot mechanism be cleaned easily?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the entire foot mechanism can be disassembled for easy and thorough cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and precision that the Stick Blender CMP250VV brings to your kitchen. Order today and elevate your blending game.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811783098753,"sku":"GL503","price":911.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/91b14ba4f0ac62b156745f65b0317e0a.png?v=1781714843"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-190mm-variable-speed-270w","title":"Commercial Stick Blender 190mm Variable Speed 270W","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Stick Blender VV is designed for culinary professionals and home cooks alike, offering powerful blending capabilities and exceptional ease of use. This stick blender is the perfect tool for preparing soups, sauces, and emulsions, giving you the flexibility to create restaurant-quality dishes from the comfort of your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with an ergonomic design, the lightweight build and angled handle of the VV ensure user comfort, even during prolonged use. It addresses the common problem of hand fatigue associated with heavy blenders, while its easy disassembly allows for seamless cleaning in accordance with HACCP guidelines, making it a standout choice in the crowded market of kitchen appliances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 270W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 190mm (7.4\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 470(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control provides versatility for different recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-grip handle minimizes user fatigue during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatented Aeromix tool ensures light, airy emulsions that maintain their structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpecially sharpened over-moulded blades enhance cutting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFree training available from after purchase to maximize usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for simple cleaning, supporting hygiene compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to handle for extended periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed from 2000-12,500 rpm allows for precise blending based on the task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle provides comfort, reducing the risk of strain during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy disassembly simplifies the cleaning process, promoting hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor boosts performance and durability for -term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatented tools designed to create perfect emulsions, enhancing dish quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blend even the toughest ingredients for smooth textures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve the desired consistency for any dish effortlessly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning and more time cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eErgonomic handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eComfortably use the blender for longer periods without strain.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Stick Blender is versatile and excels in various settings, making it an essential tool for any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for blending soups and sauces in restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for catering services requiring efficient preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for smoothie and beverage preparation in cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful for creating emulsions and salad dressings in bistros.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffective in home kitchens for everyday meal prep tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the stick blender is used in compatible containers. Clean thoroughly after each use by disassembling the foot, blade, and tube to comply with HACCP standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow powerful is the Mini Stick Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a powerful 270W motor, enabling efficient blending of various ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the speed range for the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick blender operates at variable speeds between 2000 to 12,500 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs training available for using the blender effectively?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, free training is provided by upon product receipt to help you utilize its features fully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your kitchen experience with the Mini Stick Blender VV. Its exceptional design and performance make it a must-have for anyone dedicated to culinary excellence. Order today and transform the way you blend!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811783131521,"sku":"GL501","price":683.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b3ba1882a55e34a127366284a78a5159.png?v=1781714843"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-160mm-shaft-variable-speed-240w","title":"Commercial Stick Blender 160mm Shaft Variable Speed 240W","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e Mini Stick Blender VV \u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile kitchen tool designed for chefs and home cooks alike. With its powerful motor and unique Aeromix technology, this stick blender allows for effortless blending, emulsifying, and pureeing, ensuring that your culinary creations achieve the perfect consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for durability and ease of use, the Mini Stick Blender features an ergonomic handle that reduces user fatigue during extended periods of operation. The innovative design ensures that this appliance not only meets high standards of performance but also simplifies the cleaning process, helping to maintain hygiene standards in any kitchen setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 240W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 160mm (6.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000-12,500rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-grip ergonomic handle reduces user fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful motor improves performance and operational lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatented Aeromix tool produces light and airy emulsions that hold their shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy disassembly for simple cleaning in accordance with HACCP guidelines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-moulded blades specially sharpened to guarantee optimum cutting quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe variable speed button is positioned at the top of the appliance for greater visibility and easier adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic design enhances comfort for prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-speed blending dramatically reduces prep time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAeromix tool provides -quality emulsions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speeds allow for precise control over texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick disassembly makes the cleaning process efficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight construction makes it easy to maneuver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-performance motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAchieves precise results quickly, saving time in food preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduces user fatigue, allowing you to blend for longer periods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustomize the blending process for different ingredients and recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeets hygiene standards effortlessly, ensuring a safer kitchen environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Stick Blender is perfect for various culinary tasks, making it a valuable asset in many kitchen environments. Whether you're crafting sauces, soups, or batters, this tool excels in multiple settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for preparing sauces and emulsions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering services for quick food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for daily meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBakeries for blending cake batters and creams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHealth food establishments for smoothies and pureed dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks for quick blending on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, the stick blender should be properly assembled before use. After blending, simply disassemble the parts for easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the Mini Stick Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe entire shaft assembly can be disassembled for effective cleaning, adhering to hygiene standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the speed while blending?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the variable speed button is conveniently located for easy adjustments during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Stick Blender comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the \u003cstrong\u003e Mini Stick Blender VV \u003c\/strong\u003e today and take your culinary skills to the next level. With its powerful performance and user-friendly design, it’s the perfect tool for creating delicious, perfectly blended dishes. Shop now to enhance your kitchen setup.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811783164289,"sku":"GC890","price":580.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/298ca34a233fd04dd99a7021d92e142b.png?v=1781714843"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-450mm-variable-speed-500w-whisk","title":"Commercial Stick Blender 450mm Variable Speed 500W Whisk","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Whisk FW Ultra is a powerful stick blender designed for kitchens. Ideal for chefs and catering businesses, it brings efficiency and versatility to food preparation tasks. With its robust performance, this stick whisk is engineered to help you whip, mix, and blend with precision and speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality stainless steel, the Stick Whisk is built to last. Its 500W motor and variable speed capability offer the flexibility needed to tackle various mixing tasks, from light emulsions to heavy sauces. The cleverly designed ergonomic handle minimizes user fatigue, making it a reliable companion during busy service hours. Its easy-to-clean components set this stick blender apart, ensuring hygiene and convenience in demanding culinary environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 500W Shaft 450mm(17.7\") Variable Speed Whisk\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 125(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-grip ergonomic handle reduces user fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor improves performance and operational lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable whisking speed: 250 - 1500 RPM.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for mixing up to 100Ltr.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable whisk shaft for easy storage and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHousing lug serves as a pivot point for user comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe variable speed button is positioned at the top for greater visibility and easier adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design for easy handling, making it suitable for repeated use in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control allows for precise mixing of a variety of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick-release whisk attachment facilitates fast cleaning post-use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design with cord winding feature enables hassle-free storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFree training offered by enhances user efficiency and familiarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures longevity, reducing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-power motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHandles heavy-duty mixing tasks with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed options\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGives you control over texture and consistency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStainless steel build\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable, easy to clean, and resistant to rust.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact and lightweight\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to maneuver and store, maximizing kitchen space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Whisk FW Ultra excels in various culinary environments, ensuring efficient food preparation. This versatile tool is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e kitchens and restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services that require high volume mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBanquet preparations for large-scale events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries focusing on consistent batter and cream mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the stick whisk is correctly plugged in before use. After each session, detach the whisk attachment for easy cleaning under a pre-rinse spray. Regular maintenance will prolong the life of your unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the Stick Whisk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe whisk attachment can be quickly released and cleaned under the pre-rinse spray, making maintenance easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the stick whisk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick whisk is suitable for mixing up to 100 liters, making it ideal for large batch preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Whisk comes with a one-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the Stick Whisk FW Ultra means elevating your kitchen's efficiency and achieving consistent results with every blend. Shop now to enhance your culinary experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811783262593,"sku":"GL521","price":1221.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e1c74be177f3fd82ef2f93991b611232.png?v=1781714844"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-600mm-shaft-850w-single-speed","title":"Commercial Stick Blender 600mm Shaft 850W Single Speed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender Ultra is an essential tool designed for chefs and culinary professionals seeking efficiency and precision in blending and mixing tasks. This stick blender excels in commercial kitchens, providing power and reliability that meet the demands of busy food preparation environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials and boasting an 850W motor, this stick blender offers robust performance for blending large quantities of ingredients. Its user-friendly design includes a single-speed control, allowing for quick and hassle-free operation. The easy disassembly of the blade mechanism ensures adherence to hygiene standards, making it a standout choice in food safety compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 850W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 300Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 970(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-grip ergonomic handle reduces user fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatented easy-plug system reduces servicing times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable stainless steel blade for easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePower cord winding system for easier storage and improved longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupplied with wall support for convenient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSingle speed control simplifies operation for users of all skill levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOver-moulded blades enhance cutting quality for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHousing lug serves as a pivot point, increasing user comfort during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMixes efficiently up to 300 liters, perfect for large batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFree training available from, ensuring users maximize product potential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuilt for durability, extending the operational lifespan of the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to use\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly blend ingredients without complicated controls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhanced hygiene\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimple disassembly for thorough cleaning helps maintain safety standards.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHandle large quantities efficiently, saving time in food prep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpace-saving storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncluded wall support keeps your kitchen organized and equipment accessible.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender Ultra is versatile and excels in various culinary settings. It is ideal for chefs who need to streamline mixing tasks across different environments. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-volume catering operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants requiring quick preparation of soups, sauces, and emulsions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood production facilities focusing on efficiency and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens with strict hygiene regulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCulinary schools and training programs for practical, hands-on experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the stick blender is mounted securely on the provided wall support for easy access. Regularly clean the removable stainless steel components to maintain hygiene and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the Stick Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blade and bell can be easily removed for thorough cleaning, ensuring compliance with hygiene standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of this stick blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model can effectively handle up to 300 liters, perfect for large batch preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs training available for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, offers free training to help you make the most of your stick blender once received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender Ultra is an indispensable tool for any kitchen looking to enhance their preparation efficiency and maintain high hygiene standards. Order today and elevate your culinary experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811783328129,"sku":"GL512","price":1919.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b96c61e365f5cd31a6ab3d1ee71281ae.png?v=1781714845"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-750w-dual-frequency-motor","title":"Commercial Stick Blender 750W Dual Frequency Motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Motor Unit Big Stik Blenders are high-performance stick blenders designed for chefs and culinary enthusiasts who demand efficiency and versatility in the kitchen. With a powerful motor and user-friendly design, these blenders make quick work of thick ingredients, allowing you to spend less time blending and more time enjoying your creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with robust materials, the Motor Unit Big Stik Blenders are built to withstand the rigors of daily use in busy kitchens. Their dual-frequency motor is a standout feature, providing reliable performance that solves the common problem of uneven blending. Unlike many models, this blender incorporates a rubberized comfort grip and a second handle for enhanced control and safety, ensuring that blending is comfortable and fatigue-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 750W variable-speed motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black \u0026amp; Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh motor speed range of 5000 to 18000rpm for precise blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eContinuous ON feature allows for uninterrupted operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-replaceable couplings on power pack and shaft for easy maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 750W motor ensures even blending through all types of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control allows you to adjust the speed according to your blending needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRubber handle offers comfort during extended use, reducing the risk of strain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design at just 3kg makes it easy to maneuver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2 handles provide better grip and stability for safer operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -term reliability backed by a 1-year warranty gives peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blend thick ingredients without discomfort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpeed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfectly customize blends for a variety of recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eErgonomic design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces hand fatigue, allowing for longer use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEase of maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-replaceable parts prolong the life of the blender.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Motor Unit Big Stik Blenders excel in various culinary settings, making them an essential tool in any kitchen. From restaurants to home kitchens, they are perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePureeing soups and sauces directly in the pot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreating smoothies or milkshakes with consistent texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEmulsifying dressings and marinades quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWhipping cream or other light mixtures for desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMixing batters for pancakes or cakes seamlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the Motor Unit Big Stik Blenders are used with the recommended power supply. Regularly clean the blending shaft and power pack according to manufacturer instructions to maintain hygiene and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the motor power of the Motor Unit Big Stik Blenders?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a powerful 750W variable-speed motor that easily handles thick ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the handle designed for comfort?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender has a rubberized comfort grip and a second handle for safe and controlled operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Motor Unit Big Stik Blenders come with a 1-year warranty, ensuring reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your blending experience with the Motor Unit Big Stik Blenders and enjoy the convenience of a high-performance tool that brings efficiency and comfort to your kitchen. Order today and transform the way you prepare your ingredients!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811783426433,"sku":"AC992","price":532.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4cfeadefa2bc29dd0f56026ab7076ab9.png?v=1781714849"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-motor-block-600w-40-100-ltr-capacity","title":"Commercial Stick Blender Motor Block 600W 40-100 Ltr Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Motor Block is a versatile stick blender designed specifically for the needs of chefs and culinary enthusiasts. This powerful tool can mix, blend, emulsify, and whisk large quantities of food, making it an essential addition to any commercial kitchen. With its remarkable reliability, the stick blender is more than just a blender; it's a time-saving machine that facilitates efficient food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality stainless steel, the Motor Block is built to endure the rigorous demands of a commercial kitchen. Its sturdy construction ensures longevity while effectively handling a variety of attachments, which are sold separately. Whether you're preparing sauces, soups, or batters, this powerful stick blender can adapt to your needs, making it an indispensable tool in any culinary setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 600W Model: \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-100 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packed 750(H) x 130(W) x 130(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 600W, 2.1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packed 3.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable mixing speeds from 100 to 9,500 rpm, depending on the attachment used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast and easy to switch between different attachments for various tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEquipped with a polycarbonate handle for a comfortable grip during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpeed range of 3,000 to 10,500 rpm for precise blending control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust motor delivers consistent power for reliable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdaptable design accommodates multiple attachments, enhancing versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient speed control for various mixing tasks, from light emulsions to heavy mixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConstructed from durable materials to withstand the demands of a commercial kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple operation allows users to focus on cooking rather than equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions facilitate easy storage and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Stick Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful Performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMix large quantities quickly, saving you time and effort in the kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile Attachments\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomize your blending experience with various tools, suited for different tasks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliably withstand the daily rigours of commercial kitchen environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eComfortable Handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOperate effortlessly with an ergonomically designed handle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Motor Block is perfect for a variety of culinary applications, enhancing productivity in numerous settings. This versatile stick blender excels in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for preparing sauces and soups in large batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies where quick blending of ingredients is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries for mixing dough or batters efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood processing industries requiring consistent emulsification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, attach the compatible blending accessories based on your specific needs. Regularly clean and maintain the motor block to uphold its durability and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of attachments can I use with the Motor Block?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender accommodates a variety of attachments that can be purchased separately, catering to different mixing needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow powerful is the Motor Block?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor boasts a robust power of 600W, ensuring effective blending and mixing for large quantities of food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the motor block durable for commercial use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stainless steel construction is specifically designed to withstand the demands of a busy kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and power of the Motor Block in your kitchen today. With its adaptable features and solid build quality, you can transform your food preparation process. Order now for a versatile kitchen tool that elevates your culinary creativity.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811783786881,"sku":"AD281","price":1437.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e29801403e97a5318ce8c07159ca7f67.png?v=1781714855"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.questorm.co.uk\/collections\/ns-app-blenders.oembed","provider":"Questrom Ltd","version":"1.0","type":"link"}